B.

Tech - COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

DATA SCIENCE

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS

REGULATION 2021

(Based on Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and

Outcome Based Education (OBE))

Effective from the Academic year 2021-2022

DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

1
 VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION

To develop a knowledge hub for Computer Science Engineers and Technocrats in

application of their competence for the betterment of the Individual, Industry and
Society.

MISSION

 To nurture the students to be industry ready by providing a strong conceptual

foundation and by enhancing their employability and entrepreneurial skills.

 To provide holistic growth by conducting relevant enrichment programs,

which includes curricular, co-curricular, extra-curricular and extension
activities.

 To inculcate innovation and creativity through practically viable Internships

and Project works.

 To create a Research oriented mindset and focus in fulfilling growing demands

of the society through mentoring and lifelong learning.

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEO)

PEO1: Graduates will be engineering practitioners and leaders who will contribute
to the solution of industry’s technological problems.

PEO2: Graduates will be engineering professionals, innovators, or entrepreneurs

working in industry on technology development, deployment, or
engineering system implementation.

PEO3: Graduates will perform their jobs with social awareness and responsibility.

PEO4: Graduates will interact with their peers in other disciplines in industry and
society, contributing to the country’s economic growth.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (PO)

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of
complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs

2
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,
societal, and environmental considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based

knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,

resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling
to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual

knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a

member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering

activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being
able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to
one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and
ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of
technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO)

PSO 1: Apply database design principles and techniques to improve decision-

support systems for business analytics.

PSO 2: Design and apply appropriate data analytics models for data profiling and to
enrich software standards.

3
Competencies and Performance Indicators

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization for the solution of
complex engineering problems.

1.1 Demonstrate competence in 1.1.1 Apply the knowledge of discrete

mathematical modelling structures, linear algebra, statistics and
numerical techniques to solve problems

1.1.2 Apply the concepts of probability,

statistics and queuing theory in
modeling of computer-based system,
data and network protocols.

1.2 Demonstrate competence in 1.2.1 Apply laws of natural science to an

basic sciences engineering problem

1.3 Demonstrate competence 1.3.1 Apply engineering fundamentals

in engineering fundamentals

1.4 Demonstrate competence in 1.4.1 Apply theory and principles of

specialized engineering computer science and engineering to
knowledge to the program solve an engineering problem

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

2.1 Demonstrate an ability to 2.1.1 Evaluate problem statements and

identify and formulate identifies objectives
complex engineering
2.1.2 Identify processes/modules/algorithms
problem
of a computer-based system and

parameters to solve a problem

2.1.3 Identify mathematical algorithmic

knowledge that applies to a given
problem

4
 2.2 Demonstrate an ability to 2.2.1 Reframe the computer-based system
formulate a solution plan and into interconnected subsystems
methodology for an
2.2.2 Identify functionalities and computing
engineering problem
resources.

2.2.3 Identify existing solution/methods to

solve the problem, including forming
justified approximations and
assumptions

2.2.4 Compare and contrast alternative

solution/methods to select the best
methods

2.2.5 Compare and contrast alternative

solution processes to select the best
process.

2.3 Demonstrate an ability to 2.3.1 Able to apply computer engineering

formulate and interpret a principles to formulate modules of a
model system with required applicability and
performance.

2.3.2 Identify design constraints for required

performance criteria.

2.4 Demonstrate an ability to 2.4.1 Applies engineering mathematics to

execute a solution process implement the solution.
and analyze results
2.4.2 Analyze and interpret the results using
contemporary tools.

2.4.3 Identify the limitations of the solution

and sources/causes.

2.4.1 Arrive at conclusions with respect to

the objectives.

PO 3: Design/Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for public health and safety, and cultural, societal and
environmental considerations.

3.1 Demonstrate an ability to 3.5.1 Able to define a precise problem

define a complex/ open- statement with objectives and scope

5
 ended problem in 3.1.2 Able to identify and document system
engineering terms requirements from stake- holders
3.1.3 Able to review state-of-the-art
literature to synthesize system
requirements.
3.1.4 Able to choose appropriate quality
attributes as defined by ISO/IEC/IEEE
standard
3.1.5 Explore and synthesize system
requirements from larger social and
professional.
3.1.6 Able to develop software requirement
specifications (SRS).
3.2 Demonstrate an ability to 3.2.1 Able to explore design alternatives.
generate a diverse set of
alternative design solutions 3.2.2 Able to produce a variety of potential
design solutions suited to meet
functional requirements.
3.2.3 Identify suitable non-functional
requirements for evaluation of
alternate design solutions.
3.3 Demonstrate an ability to 3.3.1 Able to perform systematic evaluation
select optimal design scheme of the degree to which several design
for further development concepts meet the criteria.
3.3.2 Consult with domain experts and
stakeholders to select candidate
engineering
3.4 Demonstrate an ability to 3.4.1 Able to refine architecture design into
advance an engineering a detailed design within the existing
design to defined end state constraints.
3.4.2 Able to implement and integrate the
modules.
3.4.3 Able to verify the functionalities and
validate the design.
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis
and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
4.1 Demonstrate an ability to 4.1.1 Define a problem for purposes of
conduct investigations of investigation, its scope and importance

6
 technical issues consistent 4.1.2 Able to choose appropriate
with their level of procedure/algorithm, dataset and test
knowledge and cases.
understanding
4.1.3 Able to choose appropriate hardware/
software tools to conduct the
experiment.

4.2 Demonstrate an ability to 4.2.1 Design and develop appropriate

design experiments to solve procedures/methodologies based on the
open-ended problems study objectives

4.3 Demonstrate an ability to 4.3.1 Use appropriate procedures, tools and

analyze data and reach a techniques to collect and analyze data
valid conclusion
4.3.2 Critically analyze data for trends and
correlations, stating possible errors and
limitations

4.3.3 Represent data (in tabular and/or

graphical forms) so as to facilitate
analysis and explanation of the data,
and drawing of conclusions

4.3.4 Synthesize information and knowledge

about the problem from the raw data to
reach appropriate conclusions

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,

resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and
modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.

5.1 Demonstrate an ability to 5.1.1 Identify modern engineering tools,

identify/create modern techniques and resources for
engineering tools, techniques engineering activities
and resources
5.1.2 Create/adapt/modify/extend tools and
techniques to solve engineering
problems

5.2 Demonstrate an ability to 5.2.1 Identify the strengths and limitations of

select and apply discipline tools for (i) acquiring information, (ii)
specific tools, techniques and modeling and simulating, (iii)
monitoring system performance, and

7
 resources (iv) creating engineering designs.

5.2.2 Demonstrate proficiency in using

discipline-specific tools

5.3 Demonstrate an ability to 5.3.1 Discuss limitations and validate tools,

evaluate the suitability and techniques and resources
limitations of tools used to
solve an engineering problem 5.3.2 Verify the credibility of results from
tool use with reference to the accuracy
and limitations, and the assumptions
inherent in their use.

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual

knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

6.1 Demonstrate an ability to 6.1.1 Identify and describe various

describe engineering engineering roles; particularly as
roles in a broader context, pertains to protection of the public and
public interest at the global, regional
e.g. pertaining to the and local level
environment, health, safety,
legal and public welfare

6.2 Demonstrate an 6.2.1 Interpret legislation, regulations, codes,

understanding of and standards relevant to your
professional engineering discipline and explain its contribution
regulations, legislation and to the protection of the public
standards

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the

professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and
demonstrate the knowledge of, and the need for sustainable development.

8
7.1 Demonstrate an 7.1.1 Identify risks/impacts in the life-cycle
understanding of the impact of an engineering product or activity
of engineering and
7.1.2 Understand the relationship between
industrial practices on
the technical, socio- economic and
social, environmental and in
economic contexts environmental dimensions of
sustainability

7.2 Demonstrate an ability to 7.2.1 Describe management techniques for

apply principles of sustainable development
sustainable design and
7.2.2 Apply principles of preventive
development
engineering and sustainable
development to an engineering
activity or product relevant to the
discipline

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

8.1 Demonstrate an ability to 8.1.1 Identify situations of unethical

recognize ethical dilemmas professional conduct and propose
ethical alternatives

8.2 Demonstrate an ability to 8.2.1 Identify tenets of the ASME

apply the Code of Ethics professional code of ethics

8.2.2 Examine and apply moral & ethical

principles to known case studies

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a

member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

9.1 Demonstrate an ability to 9.1.1 Recognize a variety of working and

form a team and define a learning preferences; appreciate the
role for each member value of diversity on a team

9.1.2 Implement the norms of practice (e.g.

rules, roles, charters, agendas, etc.) of
effective team work, to accomplish a
goal.

9.2 Demonstrate effective 9.2.1 Demonstrate effective

individual and team communication, problem-solving,
operations Communication, conflict resolution and leadership

9
 problem solving,conflict skills
resolution and leadership
skills
9.2.2 Treat other team members respectfully

9.2.3 Listen to other members

9.2.4 Maintain composure in difficult

situations

9.6 Demonstrate success in a 9.6.1 Present results as a team, with smooth

team-based project integration of contributions from all

individual efforts

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering

activities with the engineering community and with the society at large, such as
being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation,
make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions

10.1 Demonstrate an ability to 10.1.1 Read, understand and interpret technical

comprehend technical and non-technical information
literature and document project 10.1.2 Produce clear, well-constructed, and
work well-supported written engineering
documents
10.1.3 Create flow in a document or
presentation - a logical progression of
ideas so that the main point is clear
10.2 Demonstrate competence in 10.2.1 Listen to and comprehend information,
listening, speaking, and instructions, and viewpoints of others
presentation 10.2.2 Deliver effective oral presentations to
technical and non- technical audiences
10.3 Demonstrate the ability to 10.3.1 Create engineering-standard figures,
integrate different modes of reports and drawings to complement
writing and presentations
communication 10.3.2 Use a variety of media effectively to
convey a message in a document or a
presentation

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to
one’s work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments. Competency

10
11.1 Demonstrate an ability to 11.1.1 Describe various economic and
evaluate the economic and financial costs/benefits of an
financial performance of an engineering activity
engineering activity
11.1.2 Analyze different forms of financial
statements to evaluate the financial
status of an engineering project

11.2 Demonstrate an ability to 11.2.1 Analyze and select the most appropriate
compare and contrast the proposal based on economic and
costs/benefits of alternate financial considerations.
proposals for an engineering
activity

11.3 Demonstrate an ability to 11.3.1 Identify the tasks required to complete

plan/manage an engineering an engineering activity, and the
activity within time and resources required to complete the
budget constraints tasks.

11.3.2 Use project management tools to

schedule an engineering project, so it is
completed on time and on budget.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and
ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of
technological change.

12.1 Demonstrate an ability to 12.1.1 Describe the rationale for the

identify gaps in knowledge and requirement for continuing professional
a strategy to close these gaps development
12.1.2 Identify deficiencies or gaps in
knowledge and demonstrate an ability
to source information to close this gap
12.2 Demonstrate an ability to 12.2.1 Identify historic points of technological
identify changing trends in advance in engineering that required
engineering knowledge and practitioners to seek education in order
practice to stay current
12.2.2 Recognize the need and be able to
clearly explain why it is vitally
important to keep current regarding
new developments in your field
12.3 Demonstrate an ability to 12.3.1 Source and comprehend technical
identify and access sources for literature and other credible sources of

11
 new information information

12.3.2 Analyze sourced technical and popular

information for feasibility, viability,
sustainability, etc.

PSO 1: Apply database design principles and techniques to improve decision-

support systems for business analytics.

13.1 Ability to investigate complex 13.1.1 Identify problem statements and

problems develop smart solutions for real time
applications

13.1.2 Investigate all the probable solutions

towards the identified problem

13.2 Design and Develop solutions 13.2.1 Apply database design principles and
systematically techniques to propose solutions for
business analytics

13.2.2 Analyze and suggest the testing

strategies to develop an optimal
solution

13.2.3 Implement a customized solution using

appropriate data analytic techniques

PSO 2: Design and apply appropriate data analytics models for data profiling and
to enrich software standards.

14.1 Develop cost benefit solutions 14.1.1 Describe the rationale for choosing
using engineering principles solutions based on engineering
principles
and practices
14.1.2 Conduct feasibility and cost-benefit
analysis for implementing the solution

14.2 Ability to visualize data 14.2.1 Identify the problem and develop an
through augmented, virtual hybrid vision system
and mixed reality
14.2.2 Develop an innovative solution with
ethics in multi-disciplinary areas

12
 VELS INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY & ADVANCED
STUDIES(VISTAS)
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

The Panel members for Board of studies meeting are listed below

Name of the Board Institute /

S. No Designation
Member Industry

Internal Members
Professor & Head Department of Computer Chairman
Science and Engineering Vel’s Institute of
Science, Technology & Advanced Studies
1 Dr. R. Anandan
(VISTAS)

2 Dr. S. Arun Director, IQAC Vel’s Institute of Science, Internal Member

Technology & Advanced Studies
(VISTAS)
Associate Professor, Department of Internal Member
3 Dr. R. A. Karthika Computer Science and Engineering Vel’s
Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)

Associate Professor Department of Internal Member

Computer Science and Engineering Vel’s
Institute of Science, Technology &
4 Dr. A. Rajesh
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)

Assistant Professor Department of Internal Member

5 Dr. K. Kalaivani Computer Science and Engineering Vel’s
Institute of Science, Technology &
Advanced Studies (VISTAS)

External Expert Members

Dr. Asnath Victy Associate Professor School of Computer Academic Expert
Phamila Y Science and Engineering Vellore Institute
of Technology - VIT Chennai
1

2 Mr. Santhosh Senior Director Industrial Expert

Gopynadhan Optum Global Solutions (India) Private
Limited, Chennai
Student Member
1 Mr. Pavan Srivatsav Project Associate Alumni
Cognizant Technology Solutions, Chennai

13
 VELS INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ADVANCED
STUDIES SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING CREDIT

DISTRIBUTION

B.TECH CSE DATA SCIENCE

Credits Per Semester
Total
S. No Course Category 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Credits
1 HSC - 3 2 2 2 2 - - 11
2 BSC 10 10 4 7 - - - - 31
3 ESC 8 8 3 - - - - - 19
4 PCC - - 13 15 13 9 4 - 54
5 PEC - - - - 3 7 7 3 20
6 OEC - - - - 3 3 6 6 18
7 Project - - - - - - 5 10 15
8 MC - - 2 - - - - - 2
TOTAL 18 21 24 24 21 21 22 19 170

HSC Humanities and Social Science Courses

BSC Basic Science Courses

ESC Engineering Science Courses

PCC Professional Core Courses

PEC Professional Elective Courses

OEC Open Elective Courses

EEC Employability Enhancement Courses

MC Mandatory Courses

14
 B. TECH CSE Data Science (Regulation 2021)

Category Course Title Lecture Tutorial Practical Credits CA SEE Total

SEMESTER 1
BSC Chemistry 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Mathematics I (Calculus and
BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Linear Algebra)

Programming for Problem

ESC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Solving

BSC Chemistry Laboratory - - 4 2 40 60 100

Programming for Problem
ESC - - 4 2 40 60 100
Solving Laboratory

Workshop / Manufacturing
ESC 1 - 4 3 40 60 100
Practices

10 2 12 18

SEMESTER II

HSC English 2 - - 2 40 60 100

BSC Physics (Semiconductor Physics) 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
BSC Mathematics II (Probability and 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Statistics)
ESC Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
ESC Engineering Graphics and 1 - 4 3 40 60 100
Design
HSC English Laboratory - - 2 1 40 60 100
BSC Physics Laboratory - - 4 2 40 60 100
(Semiconductor Physics)
ESC Electrical Engineering - - 2 1 40 60 100
Laboratory
12 3 12 21

15
 SEMESTER III

Mathematics III (Fourier Series

BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
and Transforms)

ESC Digital Electronics 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Operating Systems 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Data Structures and Algorithms 3 1 - 4 40 60 100

PCC Introduction to AI and ML 3 - 2 4 40 60 100

PCC Operating Systems Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100

Data Structures and Algorithms

PCC - - 2 1 40 60 100
Lab

HSC Personality Development I 2 - - 2 40 60 100

MC Basic Life Skills 2 - - 2 100

19 2 6 24
SEMESTER IV

Mathematics IV (Random
BSC 3 1 - 4 40 60 100
Process and Queuing Theory)
Computer Organization and
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Architecture

PCC Database Management Systems 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Computer Networks 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Introduction to Data Science 3 - 2 4 40 60 100

Database Management Systems
PCC - - 2 1 40 60 100
Lab

PCC Computer Networks Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100

HSC Personality Development II 2 - - 2 40 60 100

Environmental Science and
BSC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Engineering

MC Constitution of India 2 - - - 100

22 1 6 24

16
 SEMESTER V

PCC Java and Web Programming 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Mobile Application
PCC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Development
PEC Professional Elective Course - I 3 - - 3 40 60 100
OEC Open Elective Course - I 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Deep Learning and Predictive
PCC 3 - 2 4 40 60 100
Modeling
PCC Java and Web Programming Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100
Mobile Application
PCC - - 2 1 40 60 100
Development Lab
HSC Personality Development III 2 - - 2 40 60 100
Industrial Training/ Mini
Project/ MOOC Course (NPTEL
PCC /SWAYAM/Coursera/Math - - 2 1 100
works) - Minimum 4 weeks
17 - 8 21

SEMESTER VI

PCC .Net Programming 3 - - 3 40 60 100

PCC Computational Data Analytics 3 - - 3 40 60 100
PEC Professional Elective Course - II 3 - - 3 40 60 100
Professional Elective Course -
PEC 3 - 2 4 40 60 100
III
OEC Open Elective Course - II 3 - - 3 40 60 100
PCC .Net Programming Lab - - 2 1 40 60 100
Computational Data Analytics
PCC - - 2 1 40 60 100
Lab
HSC Personality Development - IV 2 - - 2 40 60 100
PCC Summer Internship (4 weeks) - - 2 1 100

17 - 8 21

17
 SEMESTER VII

PCC Full Stack Web Development 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC Open Elective Course - III 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC Open Elective Course - IV 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Professional Elective Course -

PEC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
IV

PEC Professional Elective Course - V 3 - 2 4 40 60 100

Full Stack Web Development

PCC - - 2 1 40 60 100
Lab

Project Project Phase I - - 10 5 40 60 100

15 - 14 22

SEMESTER VIII

Professional Elective Course -

PEC 3 - - 3 40 60 100
VI

OEC Open Elective Course - V 3 - - 3 40 60 100

OEC Open Elective Course - VI 3 - - 3 40 60 100

Project Project Phase II - - 20 10 40 60 100

9 - 20 19

LIST OF ALL BASIC SCIENCE COURSES

Hours / Week
S.NO COURSE TITLE Credits
Lecture Tutorial Practical

BSC - 01 Physics 3 1 - 4
BSC - 02 Mathematics I (Calculus and 3 1 - 4
Linear Algebra)
BSC - 03 Physics Laboratory - - 4 2
(Semiconductor Physics)
BSC - 04 Chemistry 3 1 - 4
BSC - 05 Mathematics II (Probability and 3 1 - 4
Statistics)

18
BSC - 06 Chemistry Laboratory - - 4 2
BSC - 07 Mathematics III (Fourier Series 3 1 - 4
and Transforms)
BSC - 08 Environmental Science and 3 - - 3
Engineering
BSC - 09 Mathematics IV (Random 3 1 - 4
Process and Queuing Theory)

LIST OF ALL HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES COURSES

Hours / Week
S.NO COURSE TITLE Credits
Lecture Tutorial Practical

HSC-01 English 2 - - 2

HSC-02 English Laboratory - - 2 1

HSC-03 Personality Development I 2 - - 2

HSC-04 Personality Development II 2 - - 2

HSC-05 Personality Development III 2 - - 2

HSC-06 Personality Development IV 2 - - 2

LIST OF ALL ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES

Hours / Week
Credits
S.NO COURSE TITLE Lecture Tutorial Practical
ESC-01 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 - 4
ESC-02 Engineering Graphics and Design 1 - 4 3
ESC-03 Electrical Engineering Laboratory - - 2 1
ESC-04 Programming for Problem Solving 3 - - 3
ESC-05 Workshop / Manufacturing
1 - 4 3
Practices
ESC-06 Programming for Problem Solving
- - 4 2
Laboratory

19
 LIST OF ALL PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

Hours / Week
S.NO COURSE TITLE Credits
Lecture Tutorial Practical

PEC-01 Applied Cryptography 3 - - 3

PEC-02 Big Data Programming 3 - - 3
PEC-03 Cloud Computing 3 - - 3
PEC-04 Cryptography and Network
3 - - 3
Security
PEC-05 Cyber Forensics 3 - - 3
PEC-06 Data Warehousing and Data
3 - - 3
Mining
PEC-07 E- Commerce 3 - - 3
PEC-08 Ethical Hacking 3 - - 3
PEC-09 Information Retrieval 3 - - 3
PEC-10 Object Oriented Analysis and
3 - - 3
Design
PEC-11 Soft Computing 3 - - 3
PEC-12 Software Engineering 3 - - 3
PEC-13 Software Project Management 3 - - 3
PEC-14 Software Quality Assurance 3 - - 3
PEC-15 Software Testing 3 - - 3
PEC-16 System Software 3 - - 3
PEC-17 User Interface Design 3 - - 3
PEC-18 Virtual Reality 3 - - 3
PEC-19 Agile Methodologies 3 - - 3
PEC-20 Information Security 3 - - 3
PEC-21 Software Defined Networks 3 - - 3
PEC-22 Block Chain Technologies 3 - - 3

20
 PEC-23 Natural Language Processing 3 - - 3
PEC-24 Applications of AI 3 - - 3
PEC-25 Information Security Analysis
3 - - 3
and Audit
PEC-26 Intelligent Database System 3 - - 3
PEC-27 Recommender Systems 3 - - 3
PEC-28 Text and Speech Analysis 3 - - 3
PEC-29 Business Analytics 3 - - 3
PEC-30 Image and Video Analytics 3 - - 3
PEC-31 Computer Vision 3 - - 3

S.NO Hours / Week

COURSE TITLE Credits
Lecture Tutorial Practical
PEC-32 Data Exploration and
3 - 2 4
Visualization
PEC-33 Big Data Analytics 3 - 2 4
PEC-34 Python for Data Science 3 - 2 4
PEC-35 NOSQL Database 3 - 2 4
PEC-36 Game Programming 3 - 2 4
PEC-37 Robotics and its applications 3 - 2 4
PEC-38 Concepts of Virtual and
3 - 2 4
Augmented Reality
PEC-39 Embedded System for Internet
3 - 2 4
of Things

LIST OF ALL MANDATORY COURSES

Hours / Week
S.NO COURSE TITLE Credits
Lecture Tutorial Practical
MC Constitution of India 2 - - -
MC Basic Life Skills 2 - - 2

21
LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED TO OTHER PROGRAMS

COURSE TITLE Hours / Week Credits

S.NO
Lecture Tutorial Practical
OEC-01 Internet of Things 3 - - 3
OEC-02 Artificial Intelligence 3 - - 3
OEC-03 Introduction to Data Analytics 3 - - 3
OEC-04 Fundamentals of AI and ML 3 - - 3
OEC-05 UI and UX Design 3 - - 3
OEC-06 Devops 3 - - 3
OEC-07 Multimedia and Animation 3 - - 3
OEC-08 Video Creation and Editing 3 - - 3

22
 BSC CHEMISTRY 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives

 To learn about the molecular orbitals, ionic interactions and periodic

properties.

 Rationalize periodic properties such as ionization potential, electronegativity,

oxidation states and electro negativity.

 List major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of molecules.

UNIT I Atomic and molecular structure, Intermolecular forces and potential

energy surfaces 12

Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules and plots of the multicentre orbitals.

Equations for atomic and molecular orbitals. Energy level diagrams of diatomics. Pi-
molecular orbitals of butadiene, benzene and aromaticity. Valence Bond Theory and
the energy level diagrams for transition metal ions and their magnetic properties.
Ionic, dipolar and van Der Waals interactions, potential energy surfaces of H3, H2F
and HCN.

UNIT II Spectroscopic techniques and applications 12

Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules. Electronic spectroscopy. Vibrational,

rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules, Morse equations and Mossbauer
spectroscopy . Applications. Diffraction and scattering

UNIT III Use of free energy in chemical equilibria 12

Thermodynamic functions: energy, entropy , free energy and fugacity. Estimations

of entropy and free energies. Free energy and emf. Cell potentials, the Nernst
equation and applications. Acid base, oxidation reduction and solubility equilibria.
Water chemistry. Corrosion.

UNIT IV Periodic properties 12

Variations of s, p, d and f orbital energies of atoms in the periodic table, electronic

configurations, atomic and ionic sizes, ionization energies, electron affinity and
electronegativity, diagonal relationship, anomalous behaviour of Lithium, carbon
and Nitrogen, polarizability, oxidation states, coordination numbers and geometries,
hard soft acids and bases, molecular geometries.

23
UNIT V Organic reactions and synthesis of a drug molecule 12
Introduction to reactions involving substitution, addition, elimination, oxidation,
reduction, cyclization, Coupling reaction and ring openings. Synthesis of a
commonly used drug molecule.
Total Hours: 60
Text Books
1: Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane.
2: Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C. N. Banwell.
3: Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B. L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and
M. S. Krishnan.
Reference Books
1: Physical Chemistry, by P. W. Atkins.
2: Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K. P. C. Volhardt and N. E.
Schore, 5th Edition http://bcs.whfreeman.com/vollhardtschore5e/default.asp. 3:
University chemistry, by B. H. Mahan.
Web Links:
1. https://opentextbc.ca/chemistry/chapter/10-1-intermolecular-forces/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/102103044/pdf/mod2.pdf
3. https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry_T
extbook_Maps/Supplemental_Modules_(Physical_and_Theoretical_Chemistry)/
Thermodynamics / Chemical_Energetics/Free_Energy and_Equilibrium
4. https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Inorganic_Chemistry/Supplemental_Mo
dules_and_Websites_(Inorganic_Chemistry)/Descriptive_Chemistry/Periodic.
Trends_of_Elemental_Properties/Periodic_Properties_ of_the_Elements
5. https://www.bcebhagalpur.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Organic-
Reactions-Synthesis-of-Drug- Molecule.pdf

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Analyze microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic and molecular K3

orbitals and intermolecular forces
CO2 Distinguish the ranges of the electromagnetic spectrum used for K2
exciting different molecular energy levels in various spectroscopic
techniques.
CO3 Analyze bulk properties and processes using thermodynamic K3
considerations
CO4 Classify the properties and reactivity of different types of elements K3
based on the periodic table
CO5 Apply the basic terms involved in an Organic reactions and synthesis K4
of a drug molecule.

24
Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO 2
CO 1 3 3 2 1 3 1 3 1 - - 1 - 3 1
CO 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - 2 - 3 2
CO 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 3 2
CO 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 3 2
CO 5 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - 2 - 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams
    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
  

BSC MATHEMATICS I (CALCULUS AND LINEAR 3 1 0 4

ALGEBRA)

Course Objectives

 To familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in basic calculus and

linear algebra.

 To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to

advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level
of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines

UNIT-I: Calculus 12

Rolle’s theorem-Mean value theorems-Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorems -

Indeterminate forms and L'Hospital's rule-Curvature-radius of curvature – Evolutes
and envelopes.

UNIT-II: Multivariable Calculus 12

Limits-continuity- partial derivative – total derivative – maxima and minima- saddle

points-method of Lagrange multipliers

25
Unit-III: Sequence and series 12

Convergence of sequence and series – test for convergence- power series –

Comparison test- Root test, D’Alembert’s test and Leibnitz’s test

Unit-IV: Matrices 12

Introduction to Matrices- Rank of matrix- Linear systems of equations-symmetric-

skew symmetric matrix and orthogonal matrices-Eigen values and Eigen vectors
Diagonalization of matrices- Cayley-Hamilton theorem and orthogonal
transformation.

Unit-V: Vector spaces 12

Vector Space- linear Independence and dependence of vectors, basis, dimension-

Linear transformations (maps), range and kernel of a linear map, rank and nullity-
Inner product spaces-Gram-Schmidt Orthogonalization.

Total Hours: 60

Textbooks:

1. G.B.Thomas and R.L.Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry,

9thEdition,Pearson,Reprint, 2002.
2. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics,Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
11,Reprint,2010
3. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
Reference books:
1. P. Sivaramakrishna Das and C. Vijayakumari, Mathematics-I, First Edition,
Pearson India Educationservices Pvt. Ltd.
2. Erwinkreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9 Edition, John
Wiley&Sons, 2006.
3. VeerarajanT.,Engineering Mathematics for firstyear,TataMcGraw-
Hill,NewDelhi,2008.
4. D.Poole, LinearAlgebra: A ModernIntroduction,2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole,2005.
5. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36
Edition,2010.
Web Links:

1. https: / / online courses.n ptel a c . i n / n o c 2 0 _m a 3 7/ preview

26
Course Outcome

CO1 Apply the concept of differential calculus and to evaluate the K3

curvature, radius of curvature and envelope
CO2 Understand the concept of limits, continuity and to evaluate K2
derivatives
CO3 Analyze the convergence of the series using root test, D’Alembert’s K3
test, Leibnitz’s test
CO4 Determine the rank of a matrix, linear system of Equation and K3
Eigen values and
Eigenvectors
CO5 Evaluate the linear independence and dependence of vectors, linear K4
transformations and inner product space.
Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -
CO5 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -

Assessment Methods:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams
    
Demonstration/
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

27
 ESC PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the basic concepts of programming – Flow chart, Pseudocode.

 To learn the fundamentals of C programming - declarations, operators,

expressions and control statements.

 To learn the manipulation of strings, functions, pointers and file operations.

 To understand the concepts of arrays, basic sorting and searching algorithms.

 To find the order of time complexity of basic algorithms

UNIT I Introduction To Programming 9

Introduction to Programming (Flow chart/pseudo code, compilation etc.), Variables
(including data types),
Input / Output - Arithmetic expressions and precedence, Conditional Branching and
Loops -Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent branching - Iteration and
loops
UNIT II Arrays And Basic Algorithms 9

Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays and Strings, Searching, Basic Sorting Algorithms,
Finding roots of equations, Notion of order of time complexity through example
programs

UNIT III FUNCTIONS AND POINTERS 9

Functions (including using built in libraries), Parameter passing in functions, call by

value, Passing arrays to functions: idea of call by reference, Recursion with example
programs such as Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series, etc. Pointers- Defining pointers,
Use of Pointers in self-referential structures

UNIT IV STRUCTURES AND UNIONS 9

Structures - Defining structures and Array of Structures, Structures containing Pointers,

Unions - Storage classes: auto, static, extern, register – Dynamic memory allocation

UNIT V STRING FUNCTIONS AND FILES 9

Strings - library string functions, pointers in strings, pointers and function arguments,
Files – file Operations, processing a file, Preprocessor directives, use of typedef,

28
 Command line arguments, Enumerated data types.

Total Hours: 45
Text Books:
1: E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Tata McGraw-Hill
2 : Byron Gottfried, “Schaum's Outline of Programming with C”, McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:
1: Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”,
PrenticeHall of India
2: YashavantKanetkar, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications
3: Ashok.N.Kamthane, “Computer Programming”, Pearson Education (India)
Web Links:
1. https://www.edx.org/course/c-programming-getting-started

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Determine a pictorial representation with a stepwise procedure K2

for solving complex problems

CO2 Develop a high level programming code using c languages. K3

CO3 Evaluate the various functional operations for solving problem. K4

CO4 Make use of various c operations like array, pointer, strings and K3
searching method

CO5 Develop a C module for a given set of instruction. K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PS O1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 3 -
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:
End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams

29
     
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

BSC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

Course Objectives
 The chemistry laboratory course will consist of experiments illustrating the
principles of chemistry relevant to the study of science and engineering.
 The students will learn to:
 Estimate rate constants of reactions from concentration of reactants/products as a
function of time.
 Measure molecular/system properties such as surface tension, viscosity,
conductance of solutions, redox potentials, chloride content of water, etc
 Synthesize a small drug molecule.

Experiments
1. Determination of the rate constant of a reaction.
2. Determination of the partition coefficient of a substance between two
immiscible liquids.
3. Determination of surface tension and viscosity.
4. Thin layer chromatography.
5. Determination of chloride content in water.
6. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions.
7. Synthesis of a polymer/drug.
8. Determination of saponification / acid value of an oil.
9. Determination of redox potentials and emf by Potentiometric method.
10. Estimate the adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal.
Total Hours: 30
Text Books
1: S. Sundaram and K. Raghavan “Practical Chemistry”, S. Viswanathan. Co. 3 rd
edition 2011.
2: Gnanaprakasam, Ramamurthy, “Organic Chemistry Lab Manual” S.
Viswanathan Pvt. Ltd. 3rd edition 2011.
Reference Books
1: Vogel’s – “Textbook of qualitative organic Analysis”, Longmann, 12 th edition,
2011
2: J. N. Gurtu and R. Kapoor “Advanced experimental Chemistry”, S. Chand and
Co. 6th edition, 2010.

30
 Web Links
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/ap-chemistry-
beta/x2eef969c74e0d802:kinetics/x2eef969c74e0d802:introduction-to-rate-
law/v/experimental- determination-of-rate-laws
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qdmKGskCyh8
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7_6_dKlo67k
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Estimate the rate constants of reactions and partition coefficient of K2

immiscible liquids.
CO2 Find the viscosity and to test the purity of the compound K3
CO3 Estimate the amount of chlorine content present in drinking water K4
and to know the conductance of a solution.
Develop a small drug molecule and to know the saponification of an
CO4 K3
oil.
Find out the unknown element by Potentiometric method and to
CO5 remove some of the toxic chemical by charcoal method.
K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 1 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observation

Exams
  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
  

31
 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING
ESC 0 0 4 2
LABORATORY

Course Objective:
 To design and develop C Programs for various applications

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Familiarization with programming environment

2. Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions
3. Problems involving if-then-else structures
4. Iterative problems
5. 1D Array manipulation
6. Matrix problems
7. String operations
8. Simple functions
9. Solving Numerical methods problems
10. Recursive functions
11. Pointers and structures
12. File operations
Total Hours: 30

Text Books:

1: E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Tata McGraw-Hill 2: Byron

Gottfried, “Schaum's Outline of Programming with C”, McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:

1: Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”,

PrenticeHall of India
2: YashavantKanetkar, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications
3: Ashok.N.Kamthane, “Computer Programming”, Pearson Education (India)
Web Links:

1. https://www.edx.org/course/c-programming-getting-started

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Determine the advanced features of the C language K5

CO2 Develop the model data using primitive and structured types. K5

32
 Construct programs that demonstrate effective use of C features
CO3 K4
including arrays, structures, pointers and files.
Develops the ability to analyze a problem, develop an algorithm to
CO4 K5
solve it.
Develops the use of the C programming language to implement
CO5 various algorithms, anddevelops the basic concepts and K6
terminology of programming in general.
Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Model End Semester

CAT 1 CAT 2 Observation
Exam Exams
  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration / Presentation
  

ESC WORKSHOP / MANUFACTURING PRACTICES 1 0 4 3

COURSE OBJECTIVS:

1. To study bench fitting drawings for making male and female fittings as per the
given dimensions and Tolerances.

2. To study sheet metal development drawings for making common metal

parts/components as per the given dimensions.

DETAILED CONTENTS:
1. Manufacturing Methods- casting, forming, machining, joining, advanced
manufacturing methods (3 lectures)
2. CNC machining, Additive manufacturing (1 lecture)

33
 3. Fitting operations & power tools (1 lecture)
4. Electrical &Electronics (1 lecture)
5. Carpentry (1 lecture)
6. Plastic molding, glass cutting (1 lecture)
7. Metal casting (1 lecture)
8. Welding (arc welding & gas welding), brazing (1 lecture)
WORKSHOP PRACTICE:

UNIT 1: Machine shop

Machining: Basics of Machining Processes Equipment’s, Simple turning of

cylindrical surface on MS rod using lathe machine tool, To make Facing and plain
turning, step turning, drilling in the lathe

UNIT 2: Fitting shop

To make square, V joint in bench fitting as per the given dimension and tolerances,
Tools and demonstration of producing model

UNIT 3: Carpentry

Basics of Carpentry operations, Equipment’s ,To make half lap joint, dovetail, TEE
Lap joint, Cross halving joint of two wooden pieces at perpendicular direction,

UNIT 4: Welding shop

To make single, butt, lap and T fillet joint by arc welding with the back hand and
fore hand welding techniques as per the given dimensions. To make simple Dust
pan, Rectangular trays in sheet metal with the jigs as per the given Dimensions.

UNIT 5: Plumbing Works

Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings, unions,
reducers, elbows in household fittings. Basic pipe connections – Mixed pipe material
connection – Pipe connections with different joining components.

Total Hours: 45

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Experiment with facing, Turning and various types of fitting joint K1
CO2 Develop the half lap joint, TEE Lap joint carpentry and welding. K5
CO3 Practice casting, moulding, & smithy trades K2

34
CO4 Developments of sheet metal jobs from GI sheets, knowledge of K5
basic concepts of soldering
CO5 Make a Basic pipe connections for Mixed pipe material connection K1
and Pipe connectionswith different joining components

TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Jeyachandran K., Natarajan S. & Balasubramanian S., A Primer on Engineering

Practices Laboratory, AnuradhaPublications, 2007
2. Jeyapoovan T., Saravanapandian M. & Pranitha S., Engineering Practices Lab
Manual, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd, 2006.
3. Bawa H.S., Workshop Practice, Tata McGraw, 2007. 4. Rajendra Prasad A. &
Sarma P.M.M.S., Workshop Practice, Sree Sai Publication, 2002

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105127

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 3 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 1 2

CO2 3 1 3 1 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 2 2

CO3 3 1 3 1 2 - 2 - 3 - 1 2 1 1

CO4 3 1 2 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 1 1

CO5 3 1 3 1 2 - 2 - 1 - 1 2 2 2
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments

Exams
    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation
 

35
 HSC ENGLISH 2 0 0 2

Course Objective:
 To acquire ability to speak effectively in real life situations.
 To write letters and reports effectively in formal and business situations.
 To develop listening skills for academic and professional purposes.
 To gain effective speaking and listening skills in communication.
 To develop the soft skills and interpersonal skills to excel in their career.
 To enhance the performance of students at Placement Interviews, Group
Discussions and other recruitment procedures.
UNIT I VOCABULARY BUILDING 6
General Vocabulary –Nouns--Compound nouns, Synonyms, Antonyms, Prefixes
and Suffixes, Homonyms, Homographs and Homophones, Changing words from
one form to another, Acronyms and Abbreviations.-Instructions.
UNIT II BASIC WRITING 6
Sentences structures –Kinds of sentences, Types of sentences, Clauses and Phrases,
Punctuations, Blending and Clipping, Framing questions- Yes/No types and “Wh“
questions, Summarizing, Precise writing, Paragraph Writing.
UNIT III IDENTIFYING COMMON ERRORS IN ENGLISH 6

Articles, Prepositions, Subject-verb Agreement, Pronouns - Relative pronouns,

Demonstrative pronouns, Misplaced Modifiers, Redundancies, Clichés, Infinitives&
Gerund, Checklist.

UNIT IV NATURE AND STYLE OF SENSIBLE WRITING 6

Situational Dialogues, Process description, Definitions, Numerical Expressions,

Recommendation, Information Transfer- Flow chart Bar chart and Pie chart, Writing
introduction and conclusion.

UNIT V WRITING PRACTICES 6

Active voice and Passive voice, ,Making negative sentences ,Tenses,Letter Writing-
Formal & Informal Letters, Report Writing- Letter Report, Accident Report,
Investigation Report and Survey, Essay writing, Reading Comprehension Passages.

Total Hours : 30

Text Books:

1. Department of English, Anna University, Mindscapes, ‘English for

Technologists and Engineers’, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd, Chennai: 2012.

36
 2. Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Anna University, ‘English
for Engineers and Technologists’ Combined Edition (Volumes 1 and 2),
Chennai: Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Department of English, Anna University, Mindscapes, ‘English for
Technologists and Engineers’, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd, Chennai: 2012.
4. Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Anna University, ‘‘English
for Engineers and Technologists’’ Combined Edition (Volumes 1 and 2),
Chennai: Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
5. M.AshrafRizvi, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.2009.
Reference Books:

1. Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

2. Remedial English Grammar. F.T. Wood. Macmillan.2007
3. On Writing Well. William Zinsser. Harper Resource Book. 2001
4. Study Writing. Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasly. Cambridge University
Press. 2006.
5. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and PushpLata. Oxford University
Press. 2011.
6. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford
University Press
Weblinks:

 https://ehlion.com/magazine/technical-english/

 https://www.kkcl.org.uk/pdf/KKCL_Technical_English_for_Engine
ers_Brochure.pdf

Course Outcomes

The student will acquire basic proficiency in English including reading and listening
comprehension, writing and speaking skills.

Improve the language proficiency of a technical under-graduate in

CO1 K1
English with emphasis on Learn, Speak, Read and Write skills.

CO2 Develop listening skills for academic and professional purposes. K5

Acquire the ability to speak effectively in English in real life

CO3 K2
situations

Provide learning environment to practice listening, speaking,

CO4 K5
reading and writing skills.

37
 Variety of self-instructional modes of language learning and
CO5 K1
develop learner autonomy.
Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO 1 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

CO 2 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

CO 3 - - - - - - 2 - 1 1 1 1 2 -

CO 4 - - - - 2 1 3 1 - - - - 2 -

CO 5 - 1 2 2 2 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 2 -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester

Exams Assignments
    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/
Presentation
 

BSC PHYSICS (SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS) 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives

 To learn the basics of electronic materials, semiconducting materials and their

interaction with light, new engineered semiconductor devices.

 To apply these fundamental principles to solve practical problems related to

materials used for engineering applications.

UNIT I Electronic materials 12

Energy bands in solids -Types of electronic materials: metals - semiconductors and

insulators - Direct and indirect band gaps - Free electron theory - electrical
conductivity and thermal conductivity - Fermi distribution- Effect of temperature on
Fermi function – Density of energy states - Kronig-Penny model - E-k diagram.

UNIT II Semiconductors 12

Intrinsic semiconductor - carrier concentration derivation – Variation of Fermi

energy level with temperature - extrinsic semiconductors – derivation- carrier

38
concentration in n type and p type semiconductor – Variation of Fermi energy level
with temperature and impurity concentration.

UNIT III Light-semiconductor interaction 12

Optical transitions in bulk semiconductors: absorption - spontaneous emission and

stimulated emission - Einstein’s coefficient- derivation - Photovoltaic effect - Solar
cells – principle and working - excitons

UNIT IV Semiconductor devices and Measurements 12

Semiconductor diodes: construction and working – PN diode – Zener diode – Light

Emitting Diode (LED) – Measurements: UV-Vis spectroscopy - Hall effect –
Determination of Hall coefficient – Applications.

UNIT V Engineered semiconductor materials 12

Shape Memory Alloys (SMA) – Characteristics, Properties of Ni-Ti alloy -

Applications - Semiconductor Nanomaterials: Synthesis, properties and applications
of nanophase materials – Quantum confinement - Quantum nanostructures: quantum
dots - quantum wires - quantum wells.

Total Hours: 60

Text books:
1: Rajendran V, and Marikani A, ‘Materials Science’ Tata McGraw Hill
publications, New Delhi 2011.
2: Vijaya, M. and Rangarajan G, ‘Materials Science’ Tata McGraw Hill
publications, New Delhi 2006.
3: Dr. Mani P , ‘A text book of Engineering Physics – II’ Shri Dhanam
Publilsher, Chennai 2016 4: Murugeshan R, Kiruthiga Sivaprasath,
‘Modern Physics’ S Chand Publisher 2016
Reference Books:

1: S. M. Sze, Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, Wiley (2008).

2: Charles Kittel ‘Introduction to Solid State Physics’, John Wiley and sons, 7 th
edition, Singapore 2008. 3: Kasap S.O, “Principles of Electronic
Materials”, 3 edition, McGrawHill Higher Education, 2005.
rd

4: Pradeep T, “A text book of Nanoscience and Nano technology, McGrawHill

Higher Education, 2012.
5: Palanisamy P.K, ‘Materials Science’, Scitech publications, Chennai, 2007.
6: J. Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics: Physics and Technology, McGraw-
Hill Inc. (1995). R7: P. Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Optoelectronic
Devices, Prentice Hall of India (1997).

39
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102026/2
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102026/15
3. http://textofvideo.nptel.ac.in/115102026/lec18.pdf
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122103010/34
5. http://orbit.dtu.dk/files/4817236/petersen.pdf
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Analyze the behavior of free electrons in conducting materials. K1

CO2 Analyze the type of semiconducting materials and their K5

applications.
CO3 Identify the direct and indirect band gap semiconductors K2

CO4 Demonstrate the construction and working of various K5

semiconductor devices
CO5 Develop the design and fabrication of quantum nanostructures. K1

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO4 - 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 3

CO5 - 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams
    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

40
 BSC MATHEMATICS II (PROBABILITY AND 3 1 0 4
STATISTICS)

Course Objective:
The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with statistical techniques.
It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to
advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling various problems in the
discipline.

UNIT I : Basic Probability: 12

Introduction to Probability-Conditional probability – Baye’s Theorem- Random

Variables-Discrete random variables-Continuous Random Variables –Probability
mass function-Probability density function.

UNIT II : Standard Distributions: 12

Introduction to theoretical distribution-Discrete Distributions- Binomial, Poisson,

Geometric Distributions- Continuous Distribution-Uniform, Normal, Exponential
and Gamma distribution-Properties.

UNIT III: Correlation and Regression Analysis: 12

Correlation: Types of Correlation-Methods of studying correlation- Scatter diagram
method, Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of correlation, Spearman’s Rank Correlation
Coefficient. Regression: Regression Lines and Regression equations - simple
problems
UNIT IV: Basic Statistics: 12
Introduction-Measures of Central tendency: Mean, Median and Mode- Measure of
Dispersion- Range, Mean deviation- Standard Deviation and coefficient of variation
UNIT V: Sampling : 12
Introduction to small sample – t-test-Single mean, difference of means, and Paired t-
test- F-test- Chi- square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
Total Hours: 60
Text Books
1. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of engineering mathematics, laxmi
publications, reprint, 2014 (Ninth Edition)
2. S.P.Gupta, Statistical Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi
3. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan
Chand & Sons, 3rd Edition, 2001.
4. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th Ed., Pearson Education India, 2002.
Reference Books

41
 1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, 2006.

2. P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, Introduction to Probability Theory,

Universal Book Stall, 2003 (Reprint).

3. W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, Vol. 1,

3rd Ed., Wiley, 1968.

4. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 35th

Edition, 2000.

Web links

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ma17

Course Outcome:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Apply the fundamental concepts of probability K1

Understand of standard distributions which can describe real life

CO2 K5
phenomenon.

Understand and critically discuss the issues surrounding of

CO3 K2
correlation and Regression

Evaluate the underlying assumptions of analysis tools of measures

CO4 K5
of central tendency and dispersion

Analyze the uses and limitations of Testing of hypothesis used in

CO5 K1
engineering

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO4 - 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 3

42
CO5 - 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams
    

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

 

ESC BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3 1 0 4

COURSEOBJECTIVE:

To obtain basic knowledge on electrical quantities such as current, voltage, power

and energy.

1. To provide adequate working knowledge on basic DC and AC circuits used in

electrical and electronic devices.

2. To understand the working principle, construction, applications of DC

machines, AC machines & measuring instruments.

3. To emphasize the importance of transformers in transmission and distribution

of electric power.

UNIT I DC Circuits 12

Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, Kirchoff
current and voltage laws, Mesh and Nodal analysis, Analysis of simple circuits with
dc excitation, Wye↔Delta Transformation, Superposition, Thevenin and Norton
Theorems. Time-domain analysis of first-order RL and RC circuits.

UNIT II AC Circuits 12

Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor

43
representation, real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor. Analysis
of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations (series
and parallel), resonance. Three phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations
in star and delta connections.

UNIT III Transformers 12

Magnetic materials, BH characteristics, ideal and practical transformer, equivalent

circuit, losses in transformers, regulation and efficiency. Auto-transformer and
three-phase transformer connections.

UNIT IV Electrical Machines & Power Converters 12

Generation of rotating magnetic fields, Construction and working of a three-phase

induction motor, Significance of torque-slip characteristic. Construction of Single
phase induction motor. Construction, working, torque-speed characteristic and speed
control of separately excited dc motor. DC-DC buck and boost converters, duty ratio
control. Single phase Bridge Rectifier, Single Phase voltage source inverters.

UNIT V Electrical Installations 12

Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB,

Types of Wires and Cables, Earthing. Types of Batteries, Important Characteristics
for Batteries. Elementary calculations for energy consumption, power factor
improvement and battery backup.

Total Hours :60

COURSE OUTCOME:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Understand and analyze DC circuits K2,K4

CO2 Understand and analyze AC circuits K2,K4

Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of

CO3 transformer and classify the types of three –phase K2,K5
transformer connections.

Understand and Examine the various electrical machines

CO4 K2,K4
and converter circuits

Identify the use of low tension switchgears and Classify the

CO5 K3,K4
various types of wires, cables, batteries and earthing.

TEXT BOOKS:

44
 1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2010.

2. D. C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2009.

3. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University

Press, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.

2. V. D. Toro, “Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”, Prentice Hall India, 1989

Web Links:

1. https://www.electricaltechnology.org/category/basic-electrical-fundamentals

2. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical-engineering-articles/basic-electrical/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand and analyse DC circuits K2

CO2 Understand and analyse AC circuits K2

Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of

transformer and classify the types of three –phase transformer
CO3 connections. K3

Understand and Examine the various electrical machines and

CO4 K2
converter circuits

CO5 Identify the basics of electronics K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - 1 3 -

CO2 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 3 -

CO3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 - 1 1 1 - -

45
CO4 1 - 1 1 1 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1

CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 1 - 1 1 -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Model End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Assignments
Exam Exams Studies
     
Demonstration/ Open book
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test
   

46
 ESC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS AND DESIGN 1 0 4 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To develop in students, graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas

and design of

 Engineering products.

 To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings.

CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination)

Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments –

BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets –
Lettering and dimensioning.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWING AND PLANE

CURVES 9 9

Curves used in engineering practices: Conics – Construction of ellipse, Parabola and

hyperbola by eccentricity method – Construction of cycloid, Epicycloid,
Hypocycloid – construction of involutes of squad and circle – Drawing of tangents
and normal to the above curves. Scales – Plain, Diagonal and Vernier Scales.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACES 9 9

Projection of points and straight lines located in the first quadrant – Determination
of true lengths and true inclinations – Projection of polygonal surface and circular
lamina inclined to both reference planes

- Auxiliary Planes.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 9 9

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is
inclined to one referenceplane by change of position method - Auxiliary Views.

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTION OF SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT

OF SURFACE 9

Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to

one reference plane and perpendicular to the other – Obtaining true shape of section
- Auxiliary Views. Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids –
Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones – Development of lateral surfaces of solids
with cylindrical cutouts, perpendicular to the axis.

47
UNIT V PROJECTION OF ORTHOGRAPHIC AND ISOMETRIC 9 9

Free hand sketching: Representation of Three-Dimensional objects – General

principles of orthographic projection – Need for importance of multiple views and
their placement - layout views – Developing visualization skills through free hand
sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects. Principles of isometric
projection – isometric scale – isometric projections of simple solids, truncated
prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.

Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. N.D. Bhatt, “Engineering Drawing” Charotar Publishing House, 46 th Edition,

(2003).

2. K. V. Natrajan, “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi

Publishers, Chennai (2006).

REFERENCES

1. M.S. Kumar, “Engineering Graphics”, D.D. Publications, (2007).

2. K. Venugopal & V. Prabhu Raja, “Engineering Graphics”, New Age
International (P) Limited (2008).
3. M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson Education (2005).
4. K. R. Gopalakrishnana, “Engineering Drawing” (Vol.I&II), Subhas
Publications (1998).
5. Dhananjay A.Jolhe, “Engineering Drawing with an introduction to AutoCAD”
Tata McGraw Hill PublishingCompany Limited (2008).
6. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing CompanyLimited, New Delhi, (2008).
Weblinks:

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me128/preview Course Outcomes

CO1 Understand the theory of projection able to know and K2

understand the conventions and the methods of engineering
drawing
CO2 Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these K3
skills in projectionsof surfaces
CO3 Improve their visualization skills so that they can apply these K3
skills in projections of solids
CO4 Impart and inculcate a proper understanding of the theory of K3
projection. Improve the visualization skills

48
 Understand the various concepts like dimensioning,
conventioning and standards relatedto working drawings in
CO5 order to become professionally efficient. Impart the knowledge K4
for understanding and drawing of simple residential/office
buildings

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO 1 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 -

CO 5 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 -

Assessment Methods:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/
Presentation
   

HSC ENGLISH LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

 To enable the student to explore the knowledge in communication skills.

 To gain knowledge in the process of Placement Interviews, Group Discussions

and other recruitment procedures.

List of Experiments
1. Introduction to English sounds

49
 2. Consonants and vowels

3. Syllable and Stress

4. Intonation

5. Communication Skills

6. Summarizing

7. Report Writing

8. Information Transfer

9. Presentation Skills

10. Group Discussion

11. Letter Writing

12. Cover letter and Resume

Total Hours: 30

Text Books:

1. Department of English, Anna University, Mindscapes, ‘English for

Technologists and Engineers’, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd, Chennai: 2012.

2. M.Ashraf Rizvi, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.2009.

Reference Books:

1. Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

2. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and PushpLata. Oxford University
Press. 2011.
3. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford
University Press
Weblinks:
 https://onlinemasters.ohio.edu/blog/engineering-communication/
 https://online.rice.edu/courses/communication-skills-for-engineers-
specialization
Course Outcome

Distinguish various listening & written contexts for understanding K2

CO1
the implied meanings and responding to them accordingly.

50
 Use appropriate pronunciation and rhythm of spoken language in K3
CO2
oral communication
Draft and interpret the written communication in official contexts
CO3 K3
like narrative, descriptive, creative, critical and analytical reports.
Infer implied meanings of different genres of texts and critically
CO4 analyze and evaluate them for ideas, as well as for method of oral K3
presentation
Make use of suitable communicative strategies to express their
point of views convincingly in any type of discussions,
CO5 negotiation and conversations. K4

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 -
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 -
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 -
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 -
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 -

Assessment Methods:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observations

  

Demonstration/
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation

   

BSC Physics Laboratory (Semiconductor Physics) 0 0 4 2

Course Objectives

 To enable the student to explore the field of Mechanics of Solids and

Properties of Matter.

 To gain knowledge in the scientific methods and learn the process of

measuring different Physical variables.

51
Experiments
1. Determination of Rigidity Modulus – Torsional pendulum
2. Determination of wavelength and particle size using laser
3. Ultrasonic Interferometer
4. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor material
5. Hooke’s law – Determination of spring constant
6. Determination of Young’s Modulus – Uniform Bending
7. Determination of Young’s Modulus – Non Uniform Bending
8. Determination of Viscosity of a liquid - Poiseuille’s method
9. Spectrometer – Grating
10. Deflection Magnetometer - Tan A position
11. Deflection Magnetometer - Tan B position
12. Potentiometer - Calibration of low range Voltmeter
Total Hours: 30
Text Books:
1: C. C. Ouseph, U. J. Rao, V. Vjiayendran, Practical Physics,1 st Edition, 2015.
2: Biswajit Saha, Practical Physics Book, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing,
1st Edition, 2020.
Reference Books:
1: G.L. Squires, Practical Physics, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press,
2001.
2: D. Chattopadhyay, P.C. Rakshit, B. Saha, “An Advanced Course in Practical
Physics”, 2nd ed., Books & Allied Ltd., Calcutta, 1990.
Web Links:
1. http://amrita.olabs.edu.in/?sub=1&brch=5&sim=155&cnt=2

2. https://vlab.amrita.edu/index.php?sub=1&brch=280&sim=1509&cnt=4

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Measure the wavelength and particle size of semiconductor diode K2

laser.
CO2 Analyze the coefficient of viscosity of a liquid K3

52
 CO3 Estimate the band gap energy of given semiconductor material. K3
CO4 Determine the compressibility of the liquid using ultrasonic K4
interferometer
CO5 Measure the Young’s modulus of the given solid materials K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2

CO2 2 2 - 2 2 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2

CO4 3 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - 3 - 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation

  

ESC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

 To provide comprehensive idea about AC and D C circuit analysis, working

principles and applicationsof basic machines in electrical engineering.

 To expose the students to learn experimental skills about Transformers, DC

Motor, Converters.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Basic safety precautions. Introduction and use of measuring instruments –

voltmeter, ammeter, multi-meter, oscilloscope. Real-life resistors, capacitors

53
 and inductors.

2. Sinusoidal steady state response of R-L, and R-C circuits – impedance

calculation and verification.

3. Loading of a transformer: measurement of primary and secondary voltages and

currents, and power

4. Three-phase transformers: Star and Delta connections. Voltage and Current

relationships (line- line voltage,phase-to-neutral voltage, line and phase
currents).

5. Load Characteristics of a DC Motor

6. Torque - Slip Characteristic of an Induction motor

7. Three phase induction motors – Direction reversal by change of phase-

sequence of connections.

8. Demonstration of DC-DC Converter.

9. Demonstration of DC-AC converter.

10. Demonstration of AC-DC converter.

TOTAL Hours: 30

Text Books:

1: D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2010. 2: D. C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw
Hill, 2009.

Reference Books:

1. L. S. Bobrow, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering”, Oxford University

Press, 2011.

2. E. Hughes, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson, 2010.

Web Links:

1. https://www.electricaltechnology.org/category/basic-electrical-fundamentals
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical-engineering-articles/basic-electrical/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basic safety precautions and learn to make use K2
of measuring instruments

54
 CO2 Analyse the steady state response of R-L, R-C circuits K3

CO3 Experiment with loading of transformer to measure the primary K3

and secondary voltages, currents and power and classify the
different types of transformer connections

CO4 Understand and Experiment with single phase induction motor K2

and three phaseinduction motor

CO5 Demonstrate DC-DC, DC-AC and AC-DC converters K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation

  

BSC MATHEMATICS III (FOURIER SERIES AND 3 1 0 4

TRANSFORMS)

Course Objective:

This course aims to provide the students to study Fourier Transforms and some
concepts of infinite Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms, finite Fourier Sine and
Cosine transforms and applications to solve some infinite and boundary value

55
problems using finite and infinite transforms.

UNIT I FOURIER SERIES 12

Dirichlet’s conditions – Fourier series – Odd and even functions – Half range sine
series – Half range cosine series – Complex form of Fourier Series- Parseval’s
identity – Harmonic Analysis.

UNIT II FOURIER TRANSFORM 12

Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier transform pair – Fourier Sine and
Cosine transforms – Properties – Transforms of simple functions – Convolution
theorem – Parseval’s identity.

UNIT III PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Formation of partial differential equations - singular integrals- Solutions of standard

types of first order partial differential equations – Lagrange’s linear equation -
Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant
coefficients of homogeneous functions.

UNIT IV APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

12

Classification PDE-Method of separation of variables – One dimensional wave

equation and One dimensional heat equation of heat conduction – Steady state
solution of two-dimensional heat equation of heat conduction (square plate only) .

UNIT V Z -TRANSFORM AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 12

Z-transform –Introduction- properties – Inverse Z-transform (using partial fraction

and residues) – Convolution theorem - Formation of difference equations – Solution
of difference equations using Z- transform.

Total Hours:60

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Grewal. B.S, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publications,

Delhi,43rd Edition, 2013.

2. Ramana B.V, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company, New Delhi, 6th reprint,2008.

3. Sivaramakrishna Das. P & Vijayakumari. C , A Text book of Engineering

Mathematics-III

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bali.N.P. and Manish Goyal ‘A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics’,

56
 Laxmi Publications, 9th edition,2011.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley India, 9 th
Edition, 2011.
3. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson
rd
Education,3 Edition, 2012.
Weblinks: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122103012

Course Outcome:

At the end of the course the students will be able to

CO1 Develop Fourier series for different types of functions. K4

CO2 Acquaint the student with Fourier Transform techniques used in K3

wide variety of situations

CO3 Introduce the basic concepts of Partial differential equations for K4

solving standard Partial differential equations

CO4 Analyze the student with Fourier series techniques in solving K2

heat flow problems used in various situations

CO5 Understand the z-transforms and its properties K4

Mapping of Program outcomes with course outcomes

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO 1 3 2 1 1 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3
CO 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2
CO 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 - - - - - 1 2 1
CO 4 3 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO 5 2 1 1 1 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation
 

57
ESC DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To introduce basic postulates of Boolean algebra and shows the correlation

between Boolean expressions

2. To introduce the methods for simplifying Boolean expressions

3. To outline the formal procedures for the analysis and design of combinational
circuits and sequential circuits

4. To introduce the concept of memories and programmable logic devices.

UNIT I: LOGIC GATES, BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND MINIMIZATION

TECHNIQUES 9

Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra

and De-Morgan’s Theorem, Minimum of Boolean Expressions, Minterm, Maxterm,
Sum of Products (SOP) & Product of Sums (POS) forms, Canonical forms,
Karnaugh maps, Quine McCluskey method of minimization

UNIT II : COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN 9

Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Parallel Adder/ Subtractor,
Code Converters, Magnitude Comparator, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Encoder,
Decoder.

UNIT III : SEQUENTIAL LOGIC DESIGN 9

Flip Flop design: SR, JK, D and T Flip Flop, Realization of Flip flops, Counters:
Modulo N Counter, UP/DOWN Counter, Ripple Counter, Ring Counter, Shift
registers- SISO, SIPO, PIPO, PISO, Races, Hazards.

UNIT IV : MEMORIES, PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICESAND LOGIC

FAMILIES 9

Memories: ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM, Static RAM cell, Bipolar
RAM cell, MOSFET RAM cell, Dynamic RAM CELL. Programmable logic
devices: Programmable Logic Array (PLA), Programmable Array Logic (PAL),
Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).

58
UNIT V VHDL CONCEPTS IN DIGITAL DESIGN 9
Design entry: Different modeling styles in VHDL, Dataflow, Behavioral and
Structural Modeling, VHDL constructs and codes for combinational and sequential
circuits.
TOTAL HOURS : 45
COURSE OUTCOME:
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Examine the laws of Boolean algebra and Simplify

CO1: minterms and maxterms using K map and tabulation K4
methods.
Analyze combinational logic circuits like adders,
CO2: K4
subtractors, multiplexers and Demultiplexers.
CO3: Distinguish the operations of SR,JK,T and D flip-flops. K4
CO4: Criticize the different types of memories and their designs. K5
Compile VHDL codes to design combinational and
CO5: K6
sequential circuits.

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. R.P. Jain, “Modern digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2009.
T2. Douglas Perry, “VHDL”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2002.
T3. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
2003 / Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
WEBLINKS:
1. www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_electronics/index.asp
2. www.coertvonk.com/hw/logic/synchronous-sequential-logic-30712
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. W.H. Gothmann, “Digital Electronics- An introduction to theory and practice”,
PHI, 2ndedition, 2006.
R2. D.V. Hall, “Digital Circuits and Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1989.
R3. Charles Roth, “Digital System Design using VHDL”, Tata McGraw Hill
2ndedition2012.
R4. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw–Hill
Education, 2002.

59
 CO/PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO3 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2

CO5 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2 2

2 2.2 2.2 2 - - - - - - 1.6 2 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case

Exam Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

  

PCC OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the features of operating system and its role in managing

various system resources.

 To learn the Structure and functions of OS, Process scheduling, Deadlocks,

Device management, Memory management and File systems

60
UNIT I PROCESSES AND THREADS 9

Introduction to operating systems – review of computer organization – operating

system structures – system calls – system programs – system structure – virtual
machines. Processes: Process concept – Process scheduling – Operations on processes
– Cooperating processes – Inter process communication – Communication in client-
server systems. Threads: Multi-threading models – Threading issues.

UNIT II PROCESS SCHEDULING AND 9

SYNCHRONIZATION

CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria – Scheduling algorithms – Multiple-processor

scheduling – Real time scheduling – Algorithm Evaluation. Process Synchronization:
The critical-section problem – Synchronization hardware – Semaphores – Classic
problems of synchronization – critical regions – Monitors. Deadlock: System model –
Deadlock characterization – Methods for handling deadlocks – Deadlock prevention –
Deadlock avoidance –Deadlock detection – Recovery from deadlock.

UNIT III STORAGE MANAGEMENT 9

Memory Management: Background – Swapping – Contiguous memory allocation

–Paging – Segmentation – Segmentation with paging. Virtual Memory: Background –
Demand paging – Process creation – Page replacement – Allocation of frames –
Thrashing.

UNIT IV FILE SYSTEMS 9

File-System Interface: File concept – Access methods – Directory structure – File

system mounting – Protection. File System Implementation: Directory implementation
–Allocation methods – Free-space management – efficiency and performance –
recovery– log-structured file systems.

UNIT V I/O SYSTE MS 9

I/O Systems – I/O Hardware – Application I/O interface – kernel I/O subsystem –
streams – performance. Mass storage Structure: Disk scheduling – Disk management
–Swap-space management – RAID – disk attachment – stable storage – tertiary
storage.

TOTAL HOURS: 45

Text Books:

1. Silbers chatz, Galvin, and Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Sixth

Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2003

2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition,

Pearson Education, 2004

61
Reference Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004
2. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/index.html
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs44/preview
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Understand the concept of operating system structures, system K2, K6
calls, system programs and build user programs based on it
CO2 Compare the performance of various CPU scheduling K4
algorithms
CO3 Compare and contrast various memory management schemes K4

CO4 Use allocation methods to allocate disk space to the files K3

CO5 Evaluate the various file and disk management strategies K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 1 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

CO5 1 3 1 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

62
 PCC DATA STRUCUTRES AND ALGORITHMS 3 1 0 4

Objectives

 To understand the basic concepts of digital and algorithms.

 To differentiate linear and non-linear data structures and the operations upon
them.

 To perform sorting and searching in a given set of data items.

 To comprehend the necessity of time complexity in algorithms.

UNIT I : Introduction to Algorithms and Analysis 12

Overview and importance of algorithms and data structures. Fundamentals of

algorithm analysis, Space and time complexity of an algorithm, Types of asymptotic
notations and orders of growth, Algorithm efficiency – best case, worst case,
average case, Analysis of non-recursive and recursive algorithms, Asymptotic
analysis for recurrence relation – Recursive Tree Method.

UNIT II : Linear Data Structures 12

Array- 1D and 2D array, Stack - Applications of stack: Expression Evaluation -

Conversion of Infix to postfix and prefix expression, Tower of Hanoi. Queue -
Types of Queues: Circular Queue, Double Ended Queue (deQueue), Applications –
Priority Queue using Arrays - List - Singly linked lists – Doubly linked lists -
Circular linked lists, Applications -Polynomial Manipulation – Josephus
problem(permutation)

UNIT III : Sorting and Search Techniques 12

Searching - Linear Search and binary search, Applications - Finding square root of
‘n’-Longest Common Prefix- Sorting – Insertion sort - Selection sort – Bubble sort –
(Counting Sort) – Quick sort- Merge sort, Analysis, Applications - Finding the ‘n’
closest pair’s

UNIT IV : Non-linear Data Structures 12

Tree - Terminology, Binary Tree – Terminology and Properties, Tree Traversals,

Expression Trees – Binary Search Trees – operations in BST – insertion, deletion,
finding min and max, Applications - Graph – basic definition and Terminology –
Representation of Graph – Graph Traversal: Breadth First Search (BFS), Depth First
Search (DFS) - Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim’s, Kruskal’s- Single Source Shortest
Path: Dijkstra’s Algorithm.

63
UNIT V: Hashing, Heaps and Balanced Binary Search Trees 12

Hash functions, open hashing-separate chaining, closed hashing - linear probing,

quadratic probing, double hashing, random probing, rehashing, extendible hashing,
Applications - Heaps - Heap sort, Applications -Priority Queue using Heaps - AVL
trees – Terminology - basic operations (rotation, insertion and deletion) - Recent
trends in algorithms and data structures

TOTAL HOURS: 60

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Thomas H. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, R L.Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to

Algorithms , Third edition, MIT Press, 2009.

2. Mark A. Weiss, Data Structures & Algorithm Analysis in C++, 3rd

edition, 2008, PEARSON.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Kurt Mehlhorn, and Peter Sanders – Algorithms and Data Sturctures, The
Basic Toolbox, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2 008.

2. Horowitz, Sahni, and S. Anderson-Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in

C UNIVERSITIES PRESS, Second Edition,2008.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064

2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106127/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the fundamental analysis and compute time K3

complexity for a given problem

CO2 Articulate linear data structures and perform various operations K2

permitted on them

CO3 Design and apply a suitable algorithm for searching and sorting K6
Problems
CO4 Develop an algorithm using non-linear data structures K6

CO5 Understand and apply appropriate hashing techniques to find K6

solutions for practical problems

64
 MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

 

PCC INTRODUCTION TO AI AND ML 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

 To understand the basics of Machine Learning (ML)

 Able to program in Python ML Packages

 To understand the methods of Machine Learning

 To visualize a dataset

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICAIL 12

INTELLIGENCE

Introduction – Foundations of AI – History of AI – Intelligent agent – Types of agents-

Structure of agents -– Problem solving agents –Uninformed search strategies – Breadth
first search – Uniform cost search – Depth first search – Depth limited search –
Bidirectional search – Searching with partial Information.

UNIT II : INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 12

65
Machine learning: Types of Machine Learning - Understanding data – Continuous
variable, categorical variable, Independent variable, dependent variable -Regression and
classification- linear regression introduction- Over fitting and Underfitting - Bias and
Variance -Machine Learning Life cycle -- Data Preprocessing techniques – Feature
selection

UNITIII : MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS 12

Classification and Regression- Naïve bayes- Decision trees- support vector machine
(SVM) –Random forest- Linear Regression- Multiple Linear Regression-Logistic
Regression. -K-nearest neighbor - Unsupervised learning - k-means clustering- Principal
component analysis

UNIT IV : MODEL EVALUATION 12

Model Evaluation and Selection methods, Precision-Recall and ROC Curves Confusion
Matrices, Regression Evaluation, Optimizing Classifiers for Different Evaluation Metrics

UNIT V : MACHINE LEARNING USING PYTHON 12

Scikit- learn Dataset - Understanding Dataframe-slicing a dataframe-managing data –

Data Loading with NumPy and pandas- creating training and test sets - Implementation
of Machine learning algorithms - predictions - implementation of metrics for validating
machine learning algorithms - Scaling and normalization- Data visualization

TOTAL HOURS: 60

Text Books:
1. Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT
Press, 2012
2. Sebastain Raschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt publishing (open
source).
Reference Books:
1. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning –An Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC
Press, 2009
2. Hastie, Tibshirani, Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning” (2nd ed).,
Springer, 2008
Web Links:
1. https://machinelearningmastery.com/types-of-learning-in-machine-learning/
Online
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine-learning
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106139/

66
 4. https://www.timberlake.co.uk/machinelearning
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of artificial K3
intelligence (AI) and its foundations.

CO2 To apply the Basic Concepts of Machine Learning K4

CO3 To build various machine learning algorithms using Linear models K5

CO4 To apply ML techniques to application and evaluate the models K4

CO5 Apply basic principles of AI and ML in solutions that require K4

problem solving, inference, perception, knowledge representation,
and learning.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3
CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Assignments Case

Semester Studies
Exams
     
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation Test
     

67
 PCC OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

To practice various system calls and concepts of process management, memory

management techniques.

List of Experiments:

1. Study of Linux commands.

2. Writing programs using the following system calls of UNIX operating system:
fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stat, opendir, readdir

3. Writing programs using the I/O system calls of UNIX operating system (open,
read, write, etc)

4. Writing C programs to simulate UNIX commands like ls, grep, etc.

5. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times,
display/print the Gantt chart for FCFS and SJF. For each of the scheduling
policies, compute and print the average waiting time and average turnaround
time. (2 sessions).

6. Given the list of processes, their CPU burst times and arrival times,
display/print the Gantt chart for Priority and Round robin. For each of the
scheduling policies, compute and print the average waiting time and average
turnaround time. (2 sessions)

7. Developing Application using Inter Process communication (using shared

memory, pipes or message queues)

8. Implementation of Producer – Consumer problem using semaphores (using

UNIX system calls).

9. Implementation of Deadlock avoidance using Banker’s algorithm.

10. Implementation of some memory management schemes – I

11. Implementation of some memory management schemes – II

12. Implementation of any file allocation technique (Linked, Indexed or

Contiguous)

TOTAL HOURS : 30

68
Text Books:

1. Silberschatz, Galvin, and Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Sixth Edition,

Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2003

2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition,

Pearson Education, 2004
Reference Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004
2. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004
Web Links:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/index.html

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs44/preview

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Implement the concept of Linux commands in Linux
CO1 K3
terminal.
Develop a program using the system calls of UNIX
CO2 K6
operating system
Analyze the performance of different CPU Scheduling
CO3 K4
Algorithms for the given process
CO4 Develop Application using Inter Process communication. K6
CO5 Solve Deadlock using Banker’s algorithm. K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO 2
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

69
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation
  
Demonstration /
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation
  

DATA STRUCTURES AND LGORITHMS

PCC 0 0 2 1
LAB

Course Objectives

 Understand various data representation techniques in the real world.

 Implement linear and non-linear data structures.

 Analyze various algorithms based on their time and space complexity.

 Develop real-time applications using suitable data structure.

 Identify suitable data structure to solve various computing problems

Experiments

1. Implementation of Single Linked List operations: (i) Creation (ii) insertion

(iii) deletion (iv) traversal

2. Implementation of polynomial expression in memory using single linked list.

3. Implementation of Circular Linked List operations: (i) Creation (ii) insertion

(iii) deletion (iv) traversal

4. Implementation of Double Linked List operations: (i) Creation (ii) insertion

(iii) deletion (iv) traversal in both ways.

5. Design and implement Stack and its operations using List.

6. Implementation of stack operations:

a. To convert infix expression into postfix expression.

b. To evaluate the postfix expression.

7. Design and implement Queue and its operations using List.

8. Implementation of binary search tree operations: a. Creation of node. b.

70
 Traverse the above binary search tree recursively in pre-order, post-order and
in-order. c. Count the number of nodes in the binary search tree.

9. Implementation of searching techniques:

• Linear search b. Binary search c. Fibonacci search

10. Implementation of sorting techniques to arrange a list of integers in

ascending order. a. Bubble sort b. Insertion sort c. Selection sort

11. Implementation of sorting techniques to arrange a list of integers in

ascending order. a. Quick sort b. Merge sort

12. Implementation of graph traversal algorithms: a. Depth first search. b.

Breadth first search.

TOTAL HOURS : 30
Text Books:
1: M. A. Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007
2: A. V. Aho, J. E. Hop croft, and J. D. Ullman, “Data Structures and
Algorithms”, Pearson Education, First Edition Reprint 2003.
Reference Books:
1. R. F. Gilberg, B. A. Forouzan, “Data Structures”, Second Edition, Thomson
India Edition, 2009
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs26/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level
CO1 Gain skills to design and analyze simple linear and K3
nonlinear data structures
CO2 Examine insertion, deletion and modification in singly K4
and doubly linked list.
CO3 Construct Stack, Queue in array for which all K4
insertions and deletions are made at both end using
various operations
CO4 Apply Insertion, find and deletion operations in Binary K4

71
 Search Tree and Hashing functions.

CO5 Evaluate shortest path in an undirected graph using K3

depth and breadth first algorithms

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observation

Exams
  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
  

HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT I 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To nurture and develop winning personalities and eventually leading them to

become dynamic and socially responsible leaders

UNIT I: Soft Skills I 6

Introduction to Personality Development – Meaning–Features of personality –

Dimensions of Personality Determinants of Personality–Features and Traits–
Components of self concept–Barriers–Self analysis

UNIT II : Soft Skills II 6

Importance of Soft Skills – First impression–Work Place requirements–Discipline –

72
Cleanliness Hygiene – general Appearance––Building Confidence—Concept of
Thinking and Usage –Value of Time–Focus & Commitment.
UNIT III : Soft Skills In Action 6
Grooming – Attire – Understanding others– Stability & Maturity Development –
Strength s – Weakness – Opportunities–threats – Merits of SWOT Analysis –
Components – how to convert weakness into strengths – Goal settings
UNIT IV : Self Awareness And Self Esteem 6
Definitions – Components of Self awareness – Developing Self awareness – Self
esteem – meaning – Steps to improve self esteem.
UNIT V : Self Motivation 6
Motivation – Meaning –Techniques of self motivation–Motivation & goal setting –
Motivation and emotion – Motivation at work.
TOTAL Hours : 30
COURSE OUTCOME:
At the end of this course the students will be able to,
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Personality Development And Soft Skills Barun K Mitra, Oxford Publication
2. Seven habits of Highly Effective people – Stephen R. covey
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Emotion, motivation and Self regulation – Nathan C. Hall, McGill University,
Canada Thomas Goetz, University of Konstanz, Germany
http://www.emeraldgrouppublishing.com.
2. Psychology of Self esteem – Nathaniel Branden, Nash (1st edition), Jossey –
Bass (32 nd anniversary edition)
Weblinks:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109104107
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Discuss the features, dimensions and determinants of personality K2

CO2 Make a good first impression in professional and other situations K3
CO3 Demonstrate confidence, punctuality and commitment as an K3
engineer
CO4 Set goals for development using SWOT analysis K5
CO5 Develop self-awareness and improve self esteem K3
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

73
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 3 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - 2 - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - 3 - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams

  

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

    

MC BASIC LIFE SKILLS 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

1. To provide value education to improve the students’ character, understanding

of principled life, physical health, maintaining youthfulness, measures and
methods in five aspects of life.

UNIT I : Physical Health 6

Manavalakalai (SKY) Yoga: Introduction - Education as a means for youth
empowerment - Greatness of Education - Yoga for youth Empowerment.Simplified
Physical Exercises: Hand, Leg, Breathing, Eye exercises - Kapalabathi, Makarasana
Part I, Makarasana Part II, Body Massage, Acu pressure, Relaxation exercises -
Benefits.Yogasanas: Pranamasana – HasthaUttanasana - PadaHasthasana –
AswaSanjalana Asana – Thuvipathaasva Sanjalana asana – AstangaNamaskara -
Bhujangasana–AthaMukthaSavasana – AswaSanjalana Asana - PadaHasthasana–
HasthaUttanasana - Pranamasana. Pranayama: Naddisuddi - Clearance Practice -
Benefits.

74
UNIT II : Life Force 6

Reasons for Diseases - Natural reasons (Genetic / imprints, Planetary Position,

Natural calamities and climatic changes) - Unnatural reasons (Food habits,
Thoughts, Deeds).Philosophy of Kaya kalpa - Physical body - Sexual vital fluid -
Life force -Bio-Magnetism - Mind. Maintaining youthfulness. Postponing old age -
Transformation of food into seven components - Importance of sexual vital fluid
Measure and method in five aspects of life - Controlling undue Passion.Kayakalpa
practice - Aswini Mudra - Ojas breath - Benefits of Kaya Kalpa.

UNIT III : Mental Health 6

Mental Frequencies - Beta, Apha, Theta and Delta wave - Agna Meditation
explanation - benefits. Shanthi Meditation explanation – Benefits - Thuriya
Meditation explanation – Benefit.Benefits of Blessing - Self blessing (Auto
suggestion) - Family blessing - Blessing the others - World blessing - Divine
protection

UNIT IV : Values 6

Human Values Self-control - Self-confidence - Honesty Contentment - Humility –

Modesty Tolerance - Adjustment - Sacrifice – Forgiveness Purity (Body, Dress,
Environment) - Physical purity - Mental purity - Spiritual purity Social Values:Non-
violence– Service Patriotism – Equality Respect for parents and elders - care and
protection - Respect for teacher Punctuality - Time Management.

UNIT V : Morality (Virtues) 6

Importance of Introspection - I - Mine (Ego, Possessiveness).Six Evil Temperaments

- Greed - Anger - Miserliness - Immoral sexual passion - Inferiority and superiority
Complex – Vengeance.Maneuvering of Six Temperaments - Contentment -
Tolerance - Charity - Chastity - Equality - Pardon (Forgiveness).Five essential
Qualities acquired through Meditation: Perspicacity - Magnanimity - Receptivity -
Adaptability – Creativity. Improved Memory Power - Success in the Examination.

TOTAL HOURS : 30
TEXT BOOKS/ REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Vethathiri Maharishi, 16th Edi.2013, Yoga for Modern Age, Vethathiri
Publications, Erode.
2. Vethathiri Maharishi, 2014, Simplified Physical Exercises, Vethathiri
Publications, Erode.
3. Vethathiri Maharishi, 3rd Edi.2014, Kayakalpam, Vethathiri Publications,
Erode.

4. Rev.Dr.G.U. Pope, 2016, Thirukkural, Giri Trading Agency,

75
 5. Vethathiri Maharishi, 1994, Mind, Vethathiri Publications, Erode.

6. Chandrasekaran.K, 1999, Sound Health through yoga, Sedapati, Tamilnadu,

Premkalyan Publications.

7. Iyengar, B.K.S. 2008, Light on Yoga, Noida, UP India, Harber Collins

Publishing India Ltd.,

8. K. R. Dhanalakshmi and N. S. Raghunathan, “ Personality Enrichment,

Margham Publications

9. D.r V. M. Selvaraj, “Personality Development” Bhavani Publications

10. R. S. Agarwal, “Quantitative Aptitude”.

11. A.K Gupta, “Logical and Analytical Reasoning (English)”, 30th Edition.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_hs32/preview

COURSE OUTCOME:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Utilize skills developed through participation in Manavalakalai K2

(SKY) Yoga to help maintain lifelong health and fitness

Demonstrate foundational standing, sitting, balance postures with

proper alignment and Maintain youthfulness through kaya kalpa
CO2 K3
practice.

Explore relaxation techniques to observe thoughts and to manage

emotions and stress, and reflect on those techniques which are
CO3 K3
most effective to them.

Demonstrate an understanding of anatomy and physiology as it

applies to the intentional integration of breath, postures, and
CO4 K5
movement within the practice of yoga to understand the human
values.

Achieve a greater sense of awareness, wisdom, introspection, and

a deeper sense of relaxation through meditation to keep up
CO5 K3
morality in life.

76
MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 3 - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - 2 - 3 - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - 3 - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams
  
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
    

MATHEMATICS-IV
BSC 3 1 0 4
(RANDOM PROCESS & QUEUING THEORY)

Course Objective:

 To understand and conduct computer systems modeling and performance

analysis.

 To introduce the basic probability tools and concepts this is useful in

modeling, such as Markov models and queuing theory.

 To provide necessary mathematical support and confidence to tackle real life

problems.

 To provide the required mathematical support to develop probabilistic models

which can be used in several areas of science and engineering.

UNIT I : CLASSIFICATION OF RANDOM PROCESSES 12

Definition and examples – First order – Second order – Strictly stationary – Wide-
sense stationary and ergodic process – Markov process – Poisson and Normal
process.

77
UNIT II: QUEUEING THEORY-I 12

Markovian queues – Birth and Death Queuing models- Steady state results- Single
server queuing models- (M/M/1): ( /FIFO) Model–(M/M/1): ( /FIFO) Model -
Characteristics of parameters of models.

UNIT III: QUEUEING THEORY-II 12

Multiple server queuing models- Little’s Formula - queues with finite waiting
rooms- Finite source models.- (M/M/C): ( /FIFO) Model –Characteristics of
parameters of models, (M/M/C): (k/FIFO) Model –Characteristics of parameters of
models.

UNIT IV: NON-MARKOVIAN QUEUES 12

Finite source models - M/G/ queues – Pollaczek -Khinchine formula -

M/G/1:( /GD) model as special cases.

UNIT V: QUEUEING NETWORKS 12

Queueing Networks - Classification and Basic Concepts.Open and Closed Networks

of M/M/m Type Queues, Jackson's Theorem.

TOTAL HOURS: 60

TEXT BOOKS:

1: Gross. D. and Harris C.M, “Fundamentals of Queueing Theory”, Wiley Student

edition, 2004.

2: Sivaramakrishna Das. P and Vijayakumari. C, “Probability &Queueing

Theory”, Pearson Eduaction Asia, 6th Edition ,2013.

3. S.Palaniammal, “Probability &Queueing Theory”, Eastern Economy Edition,

2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A.O. Allen, “Probability, “Statistics and Queueing Theory with Computer

Applications”, Elsevier, 2nd edition, 2005.

2. G.Balaji, “Probability &Queueing Theory”, Balaji Publishers, 2018.

3. T.Veerarajan , Probability Statistics and Random Process, M c Graw

Hill,2018.

Web Links :
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dSej7AHlim4
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3eq_8R8uFY

78
 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DblXnXxUQc0
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aPlzhsEsIw
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mbYVI-5cPUU

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Demonstrate the problems on Ergodic process, Poisson

CO1 K2
process and Markov chain.

Analyze the basic characteristic features of a queuing system

CO2 K4
and acquire skills in analyzing queuing models.

CO3 Apply M/M/C model with finite and infinite capacity. K3

Analyze a network of queues with Poisson external arrivals,

CO4 exponential service requirements and independent routing. K4
(Jackson networks)

Identify various elements of a queuing networks and each of

CO5 K3
its description

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 1

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

79
 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND
PCC 3 0 0 3
ARCHITECTURE

Course Objectives

 To understand the architecture of computers and to analyze the performance

using various addressing modes.

 To familiarize with hierarchical memory system including cache memories and

virtual memory.

 To impart knowledge about different ways of communicating with I/O devices

and standard I/O interfaces.

UNIT I : BASIC STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS 9

Functional units – Basic operational concepts – Bus structures – Performance and

metrics – Instructions and instruction sequencing – Hardware – Software Interface –
Instruction set architecture – Addressing modes – RISC – CISC – ALU design –
Fixed point and floating point operations : Floating Point Numbers and Operations.

UNIT II : BASIC PROCESSING UNIT 9

Some Fundamental concepts – Execution of a complete instruction: Branch

instructions – Multiple bus organization – Hardwired control: A Complete Processor
– Micro programmed control: Microinstructions – Micro program Sequencing –
Wide-Branch Addressing – Microinstructions with next address field – Prefetching
and emulation – Nano programming.

UNIT III : PIPELINING 9

Basic concepts: Role of Cache Memory – Pipeline Performance – Data Hazards –

Instruction Hazards – Influence on Instruction Sets: Addressing modes – Condition
Codes – Datapath and Control Considerations – Superscalar Operation: Out-of-
Order Execution – Execution Completion – Dispatch Operation – Performance
Considerations – Exception Handling.

UNIT IV : MEMORY SYSTEM 9

Basic concepts – Semiconductor RAM – ROM – Speed – Size and cost – Cache
Memories: Mapping Functions – Replacement Algorithms – Example –
Performance Considerations: Interleaving – Hit Rate and Miss Penalty– Caches on
the Processor Chip – Virtual Memories – Memory Management Requirements –
Associative Memories – Secondary Storage devices.

80
UNIT V : I/O ORGANIZATION 9

Accessing I/O devices – Interrupts : Interrupt Hardware – Enabling and Disabling

Interrupts – Handling Multiple Devices – Controlling Device Requests – Exceptions
– Direct Memory Access: Bus Arbitration – Buses: Synchronous Bus –
Asynchronous Bus – Interface circuits: Parallel Port – Serial Port – Standard I/O
Interfaces (PCI, SCSI, and USB), I/O devices and processors.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOK:

1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, “Computer Organization”,

sixth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for

Performance”, eleventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2019.

2. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and

Design: The Hardware/Software interface”,fifth Edition, Elsevier, 2014

3. John P. Hayes, “and Organization”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,

Computer Architecture 2012

4. M. Morris Mano, “Computer system Architecture”, Third edition, Prentice

Hall of India, 2017

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105163

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106103180

3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106166

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level
Apply the basic features of operational concepts with its
CO1 functional operations. K3

Determine hardware blocks and control lines are used for

CO2 specific instructions that execute at different operational K5
level.

81
 Demonstrate the operation like add and multiply integers
and floating-
CO3 point numbers using two’s complement and IEEE floating K5
point representation for various models.
Analyze clock periods, performance, and instruction
throughput of single-
CO4 cycle, multi-cycle, and pipelined implementations of a K4
simple instruction set
Deduct and describe the pipeline hazards and identify
CO5 possible solutions K5
to those hazards

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation
 

PCC DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To help the learner to understand the concepts, techniques, security 9
features, how data is stored in the system, Query Languages used and
different types of Statements used in the Query Processing in Database
Management Systems.

82
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Database system application-Purpose of database system-View of data-Database

language-Relational database-Data storage and queuing-Transaction management-
Database architecture-Database users and administrators-History of database system

UNIT II : INTRODUTION TO SQL 9

SQL Data Definition and its types – Specifying Constraints in SQL – Basic
Retrieval Queries in SQL – INSERT,UPDATE ,DELETE Statements in SQL –
Aggregate Functions in SQL – GROUPING : The GROUP BY and HAVING
Clause – JOIN Expressions - VIEWS - TRANSACTIONS – SUBQUERIES

UNIT III : DATABASE DESIGN& PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES 9

Functional Dependencies – First, Second, Third Normal Forms, Dependency

Preservation – Boyce/Codd Normal Form–Multi-valued Dependencies and Fourth
Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form– Entity relationship
Model –Entity relationship Diagram and Examples

UNIT IV : TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT AND

DATABASE SECURITY 9

Transaction - Simple Transaction Model – Serialzability- Lock based protocols-

Time stamp-based protocol-Deadlock handling- Two Phase Commit – Introduction
to Database Security Issues – Access Control Based on Granting and Revoking
Privileges – Challenges of Database Security

UNIT V : DATA STORAGE AND QUERYING 9

Overview of Physical storage Media - Magnetic disks - RAID-Tertiary storage –

File organization- Organization of records in files- B+ - tree index files - B-tree
Index files- Static Hashing- Dynamic Hashing -Overview of query processing-
CASE STUDY-ORACLE

TOTAL Hours : 45

Text Books:

1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.korthS.Sudharshan, ”Database system

concepts” sixth edition,tata mcgraw hill 2010.

2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”,

FourthEdition , Pearson / Addision wesley, fifth edition, 2009.

83
Reference Books:

1. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems”, Third Edition,

McGraw Hill, 2003.

2. S.K.Singh, “Database Systems Concepts, Design and Applications”, Second

Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs51/preview.

2. https://www.w3schools.com/mysql/mysql_rdbms.asp.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Identify the purpose and need of database management system and K3
compare it with conventional systems
CO2 Construct various SQL queries such as DDL & DML statements, K5
Joins, Aggregate functions, Views and sub queries
CO3 Compare and distinguish all the five normal forms in Database K4
management system
CO4 Apply and assess the transaction management and database K5
security
CO5 Examine various data storage and querying techniques such as K6
RAID, B tree and B+ tree index files, static and dynamic hashing
and query processing

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 0 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

84
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Case
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments
Studies
    

Open
Demonstration/
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars book
Presentation
test
    

PCC COMPUTER NETWO RKS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

 To understand the concepts of data communications and to study the functions

of different layers.

 To introduce IEEE standards employed in computer networking and to

familiarize with different protocols and network components.

 To help the leaner to design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and addresses
to fulfill networking requirements.

 To analyze the features and operations of various application layer protocols

such as Http, DNS, and SMTP.

UNIT I : PHYSICAL LAYER AND MEDIA 9

Components – Direction of Data flow – networks – Components and Categories –

types of Connections – Topologies –Protocols and Standards – ISO / OSI model –
Transmission Media – Guided Media - Coaxial Cable – Fiber Optics – Unguided
Media – Wireless- Switching- Digital Transmission –Analog Transmission- Line
Coding – Dial up Modems

UNIT II : DATA LINK LAYER 9

Error Detection and Correction – Introduction-Parity Checking– LRC – CRC –

Check Sum-Hamming code – Framing - Flow Control and Error control - Stop and
Wait – go back-N ARQ – selective repeat ARQ- Sliding window – HDLC - Multiple
Access – Random Access –Channelization-Wired LAN - Ethernet IEEE
802.3 - IEEE 802.4 –Token Ring-FDDI – IEEE802.11.

85
UNIT III : NETWORK LAYER 9

Logical Addressing-IPV4 Addresses - IPV6 Addresses-Inter Networking – Address

Mapping – ARP, RARP,DHCP, ICMP- Delivery-Forwarding-Unicast Routing
protocols- Intra Domain Routing-Inter domain Routing- Distance Vector Routing –
Link State Routing – Path Routing – Multicast Routing Protocol- Subnetting –
Congestion avoidance in network layer.

UNIT IV : TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Duties of transport layer –Process to Process Delivery-Client Vs Server Paradigm -

Multiplexing – DeMultiplexing – Sockets – User Datagram Protocol (UDP) –
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Flow Control – Error Control – Congestion
Control – Open loop congestion control - closed loop congestion control - Quality of
services (QOS)- Techniques to improve up QoS.

UNIT V: APPLICATION LAYER 9

Domain Name Space (DNS) – Name Space- Domain Name Space –Distribution of
Name Space –DNS in the Internet- DDNS – Electronic Mail- SMTP – POP – IMAP
- FTP – HTTP - WWW – Cryptography-

Symmetric Key Cryptography - Asymmetric Key Cryptography- Network Security –

Security Services- Digital Signatures- IPsec-PGP.

Total :45 Hrs

Text Book:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Fourth

Edition,Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.(Unit I to Unit V)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson Education,

2007

2. Comer, “Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications”,

Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Fourth Edition,

2003.William Stallings, “Data and ComputerCommunication”, Sixth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2000

Web links:

1. https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-network-tutorial

86
COURSE OUTCOMES

Course Knowledge
Outcome Description Level

Discuss the functions of each layer in OSI and TCP/IP

CO1 K6
model

Examine the Flow Control and Error control of Data link

CO2 K4
layer

Evaluate the various functions and components of network

CO3 K5
layer

CO4 Classify the protocols and techniques of transport layer K4

CO5 Asses the important of application layer K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 P12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - - - - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 -
CO2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 - - - 1 1 -
CO3 1 2 3 3 2 - - 3 2 2 3 2 2 -
CO4 2 3 - - 2 - - 2 - 2 - 2 1 -
CO5 1 - 3 - 3 3 1 3 2 - 2 2 2 -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

87
 PCC INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

 Will gain knowledge in the basic concepts of Data Analysis

 To acquire skills in data preparatory and preprocessing steps

 To understand the mathematical skills in statistics

 To learn the tools and packages in Python for data science

 To gain understanding in classification and Regression Model

 To acquire knowledge in data interpretation and visualization techniques

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 12

Need for data science – benefits and uses – facets of data – data science process –
setting the research goal – retrieving data – cleansing, integrating, and transforming
data – exploratory data analysis – build the models – presenting and building
applications

UNIT II : DESCRIBING DATA I 12

Frequency distributions – Outliers – relative frequency distributions – cumulative

frequency

distributions – frequency distributions for nominal data – interpreting distributions –

graphs – averages – mode – median – mean – averages for qualitative and ranked
data – describing variability – range – variance – standard deviation – degrees of
freedom – interquartile range – variability for qualitative and ranked data

UNIT III : PYTHON FOR DATA HANDLING 12

Basics of Numpy arrays – aggregations – computations on arrays – comparisons,

masks, Boolean logic – fancy indexing – structured arrays – Data manipulation with
Pandas – data indexing and selection – operating on data – missing data –
hierarchical indexing – combining datasets – aggregation and grouping – pivot
tables

UNIT IV : DESCRIBING DATA II 12

Normal distributions – z scores – normal curve problems – finding proportions –

finding scores – more about z scores – correlation – scatter plots – correlation
coefficient for quantitative data – computational formula for correlation coefficient –
regression – regression line – least squares regression line – standard error of

88
estimate – interpretation of r2 – multiple regression equations – regression toward
the mean

UNIT V : PYTHON FOR DATA VISUALIZATION 12

Visualization with matplotlib – line plots – scatter plots – visualizing errors –

density and contour plots – histograms, binnings, and density – three dimensional
plotting – geographic data – data analysis using statmodels and seaborn – graph
plotting using Plotly – interactive data visualization using Bokeh

TOTAL HOURS : 60
Text Books:

1. David Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, and Mohamed Ali, “Introducing Data

Science”, ManningPublications, 2016. (first two chapters for Unit I)
2. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley
Publications, 2017. (Chapters 1–7 for Units II and III)
3. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016. (Parts of
chapters 2–4 for Units IV and V)
Reference Books:

1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green

Tea Press, 2014.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106179/

2. https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-python

3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/python-data-analysis#syllabus

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Apply the skills of data inspecting and cleansing. K3

CO2 Determine the relationship between data dependencies using python K3
CO3 Can handle data using primary tools used for data science in Python K1
CO4 Represent the useful information using mathematical skills K4
CO5 Can apply the knowledge for data describing and visualization using K2
tools.
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

89
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO5 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams
    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
     

PCC DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

To understand the various database management system concepts by working on

databases.

Experiments:

1. DDL and DML Commands.

2. Join Queries.

3. Views and Set operations.

4. Built in functions.

5. Nested Queries

6. Triggers.

90
 7. Aggregate Functions.

8. Roles and Privileges.

9. Cursors.

10. PL/SQL programs

11. PL/SQL cursor programs

12. Front end tools – Mini Project

TOTAL HOURS: 30

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Database Management Systems, Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Tata

Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition

2. Database System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, McGraw Hill, V edition.

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. Database Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob &

Carlos Coronel 7th Edition.

2. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Elmasri Navrate, Pearson Education

3. Introduction to Database Systems, C.J. Date, Pearson Education

4. Oracle for Professionals, The X Team, S. Shah and V. Shah, SPD.

5. Database Systems Using Oracle: A Simplified guide to SQL and PL/SQL,

Shah, PHI.

6. Fundamentals of Database Management Systems, M. L. Gillenson, Wiley

Student Edition.
Web Links:
1. https://www.mongodb.com/
2. https://university.mongodb.com/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Identify the need of DML and DDL commands and Nested queries K3

CO2 Examine and compare various types of Joins and Set operators and K4
write SQL queries

CO3 Design and develop Views, Triggers and Cursors using SQL K6

91
 CO4 Test and solve various aggregate functions and built in functions K6
using SQL

CO5 Discuss Roles and Privileges and develop a mini project using front K6
end tool using SQL

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 2 3 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 2 2 - - - -

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 - - - 2

CO5 2 3 3 - - - - 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

Average 2.6 3 3 3 2.8 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
  

PCC COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objective:

To help the learner to understand the underlying concepts of networked systems and
to be able to develop networking programs using Python.

Experiments:

1. Programs using TCP Sockets (like date and time server & client, echo server &
client, etc..)

2. Programs using UDP Sockets (like simple DNS)

92
 3. Programs using Raw sockets (like packet capturing and filtering)

4. Programs using RPC

5. Simulation of sliding window protocols

6. Experiments using simulators (like OPNET)

7. Performance comparison of MAC protocols

8. Implementing Routing Protocols

9. Performance comparison of Routing protocols

10. Implementation of Logical and Physical Address

11. Simulation of ARP/RARP Protocol

12. Study of UDP and TCP performance

TOTAL HOURS : 30

Text Book:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Fourth

Edition,Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.

Reference Books:

1. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson Education,

2007

2. Comer, “Computer Networks and Internets with Internet Applications”,

Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Fourth Edition, 2003.William

Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Sixth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000

Web Links:

1. https://www.cse.iitk.ac.in/users/dheeraj/cs425/

COURSE OUTCOMES

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level

CO1 Experiment with TCP, UDP and Raw socket programming K3

CO2 Construct an application model for RPC K6

93
 Model the simulation of sliding window protocol and
CO3 K3
ARP/RARP

Identify the Performance comparison of MAC protocols,

CO4 K3
Routing protocol

Compose the implementation of Logical and Physical

CO5 K6
Address

Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2 - -

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 2 - -

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Observation
Exams

  

Demonstration /
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation

  

HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT II 2 0 0 2

UNIT I : SOFT SKILLS III 6

Basic Etiquette – Email etiquette – Business etiquette – Telephone etiquette –

Meeting etiquette – Adjustment of Role & Leadership – Team Management &
Development

UNIT II : QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE I 6

94
Percentage – Profit Loss –Discount – Ratio Proportion – Time & Work – Time,
Speed & Distance. Problems relating to ages– Permutation & Combination–
Probability

UNIT III : QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE II 6

Mensuration – Clocks and Calendars – Boats – Simple Interest – Compound Interest

– Fractions and Decimals – Square roots – Functions.

UNIT IV : ANALYTICAL PROBLEMS 6

Introduction – Linear Sequencing – Seating Arrangements – Distribution/Double

Line Up – Selection – Ordering and Sequencing – Binary Logic – Venn Diagrams –
Directions.

UNIT V : LOGICAL PROBLEMS 6

Introduction to Logical problems – Cause and Effect – Course of Action – Statement

and Assumption – Letter and Symbol series – Analogies.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

TEXT BOOKS:

1. K. R. Dhanalakshmi and N S Raghunathan, Personality Enrichment, Margham

Publications, 2012

2. R. S. Agarwal, Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, S.

Chand Publishers, 2017

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. D. P. Sabharwal, Personality Development Handbook, Fingerprint

publishing, 2021

2. A.K Gupta, Logical and Analytical Reasoning (English), Ramesh

Publishing House, 2022

Weblinks:

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_hs32/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Discuss the basic, email, business, telephone and meeting K2

etiquettes.

CO2 Solve problems on ratio proportion related to profit and loss, K3

discounts, time and work, Time, speed and distance.

95
 CO3 Work with fractions, decimals and square roots. K3

CO4 Analyze the cause, effect and course of action in logical problems. K4

CO5 Solve problems on the letter and symbol series. K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - -

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2 - -
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

  

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

    

BSC ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 At the end of this course the student is expected to understand what constitutes
the environment, what are precious resources in the environment, how to
conserve these resources, what is the role of a human being in maintaining a
clean environment and useful environment for the future

 To provide understanding of component of environment, their function, quality,

issues related to environment, effect of quality degradation on human beings and
their solutions

96
UNIT I : ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 9

Definition – Scope and importance – Need for public awareness – Concepts of an

Ecosystem – Structure and Function of an Ecosystem –Producers, Consumers and
Decomposers – Energy Flow in the Ecosystem – Ecological Succession – Food
Chains, Food Webs and Ecological Pyramids – Introduction, Types, Characteristic
Features, Structure and Function of the (A) Forest Ecosystem (B) Grassland
Ecosystem (C) Desert Ecosystem (D) Aquatic Ecosystems (Ponds, Streams, Lakes,
Rivers, Oceans, Estuaries) – Introduction to Biodiversity – Definition: Genetic,
Species and Ecosystem Diversity – Bio- geographical Classification of India – Value
of Biodiversity: Consumptive Use, Productive Use, Social, Ethical, Aesthetic and
Option Values – Biodiversity at Global, National and Local Levels – India as a
Mega-Diversity Nation – Hot-Spots of Biodiversity – Threats to Biodiversity:
Habitat Loss, Poaching of Wildlife, Man-Wildlife Conflicts – endangered and
Endemic Species of India – Conservation of Biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-Situ
conservation of Biodiversity. Field Study of Common Plants, Insects and Birds.

Field study of simple ecosystems - pond, river, hill slopes, etc.

UNIT II : ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 9

Definition – Causes, Effects and Control Measures of (A) Air Pollution (B) Water
Pollution (C) Soil Pollution (D) Marine Pollution (E) Noise Pollution (F) Thermal
Pollution (G) Nuclear Hazards – Solid Waste Management:- Causes, Effects and
Control Measures of municipal solid Wastes – Role of an Individual in Prevention of
Pollution – Pollution Case Studies – disaster Management - Floods, Earthquake,
Cyclone and Landslides. Field study of local polluted site – Urban / Rural /
Industrial / Agricultural.

UNIT III : NATURAL RESOURCES 9

Forest resources -Use and over – Exploitation – Deforestation – Case studies –

Timber extraction – Mining – Dams and their ground water – Floods – Drought –
Conflicts over water –Dams – Benefits and Problems – Mineral Resources- Use and
Exploitation, Environmental Effects of Extracting and Using Mineral Resources,
Case Studies – Food Resources: World Food Problems, Changes caused by
Agriculture and Overgrazing, Effects of Modern Agriculture, Fertilizer- Pesticide
Problems, Water Logging, salinity, Case Studies – Energy Resources:- Growing
Energy Needs, Renewable and Non Renewable Energy Sources, Use of Alternate
Energy Sources, Case Studies – Land Resources - Land as a Resource, Land
Degradation, Man Induced Landslides, Soil Erosion and Desertification – Role of an
Individual in Conservation of Natural Resources – Equitable use of Resources for
Sustainable Lifestyles. Field study of local area to document environmental assets –
river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.

97
UNIT IV : SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 9

From Unsustainable To Sustainable Development – Urban Problems Related to

energy – Water conservation, Rain Water Harvesting, Watershed Management –
Resettlement and Rehabilitation of People, its Problems and Concerns, Case Studies
Role of non – governmental organization -

Environmental Ethics- Issues and Possible Solutions – Climate Change, Global

Warming, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer Depletion, Nuclear Accidents and Holocaust,
Case Studies –Wasteland Reclamation – Consumerism and Waste Products –
Environment Production Act – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act –
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act – Forest
Conservation Act –enforcement machinery involved in environmental Legislation –
Central and state pollution control boards - Public Awareness.

UNIT V : HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 9

Population Growth, Variation among Nations – Population Explosion Family

Welfare Programme – environment and Human Health – Human Rights –Value
Education – HIV /AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of Information
Technology in Environment and Human Health – Case Studies.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:
1. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’,
2nd edition, Pearson Education (2004).
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-
Hill,NewDelhi, (2006).
Reference Books
1. R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines,
Compliances and Standards’, Vol.I and II, Enviro Media.
2. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’,
Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai, 2001.
3. Dharmendra S. Sengar, ‘Environmental law’, Prentice hall of India PVT LTD,
New Delhi, 2007.
4. Rajagopalan, R, ‘Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure’, Oxford
University Press (2005)
Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ge16/preview

2. https://ggn.dronacharya.info/APSDept/Downloads/QuestionBank/ENVIRON
MENTAL- STUDIES/NPTEL-Link.pdf

98
3. http://eagri.org/eagri50/ENVS302/pdf/lec14.pdf

4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge22/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Understand the core concepts, methods of ecological and

CO1 physical sciences, their application in environmental problem- K3
solving.

Apply system concepts and methodologies to analyse,

CO2 understand the interactions between social and environmental K4
processes.

Apply the ethical, cross-cultural, and historical context of

CO3 environmental issues and the link between human and natural K3
systems.

Develop the understanding based on the observations and

illustration, drawn from the experiences of physical, biological,
CO4 social and cultural aspects of life, rather than abstractions K4

Reflect critically about their roles and identities as citizens,

CO5 consumers and environmental actors in a complex, K2
interconnected world.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 2 - - 2 - 1 1 1 - 1 - -

CO2 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - -

CO3 - 1 - - - 2 - 2 - 1 - 1 - -

CO4 - - -3 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 - -

CO5 1 - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 - 1 - -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

99
 Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test

  

MC CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 0 0 0

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 The purpose of the course is to acquaint the students with basic principles of
the Constitution of India and its working.

 To help students be familiar with the historical and significant aspects of the
constitution of India.

 To make students aware of their fundamental duties and rights.

 To know about central and state government functionalities in India.

UNIT I : NATURE, OBJECT AND SCOPE OF THE CONSTITUTION 6

Nature, object and scope of Constitutional Law and Constitutionalism – Historical

Perspective of the Constitution of India – Salient Features and Characteristics of
Constitution of India.

UNIT II : FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS 6

Nature and scope of Fundamental Rights – Scheme of Fundamental Rights – Right

to Equality – Right to Freedom of Speech and Expression – Right to Life – Right
against Exploitation – Right to Religious Freedom – Minority Rights.

UNIT III : DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY AND

FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES 6

Directive Principles of State Policy – Importance and Implementation – Scheme of

Fundamental Duties and its Legal Status.

UNIT IV : FEDERAL STRUCTURE 6

Federal Structure – Distribution of Legislative and Financial Powers between the

Union and the States – Parliamentary Form of Government in India – Constituent
Powers and Status of the President of India.

UNIT V : AMENDMENT AND EMERGENCY PROVISIONS 6

Amendment of the Constitution – Procedure – Historical Perspective of the

Constitutional Amendments in India – Emergency Provisions – National Emergency
– President Rule – Financial Emergency – Local Self Government – Constitutional

100
Scheme in India.

TOTALHOURS: 30

TEXT BOOKS:

1. V.N. Shukla, Constitutional Law of India

2. D.D. Basu, Commentary on the Constitution of India

3. J.N. Pandey, Constitution of India

4. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India “, Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.

5. R.C.Agarwal, (1997) “Indian Political System”, S.Chand and Company, New

Delhi.

6. Maciver and Page, “Society: An Introduction Analysis “, Mac Milan India

Ltd., New Delhi.

7. K.L.Sharma, (1997) “Social Stratification in India: Issues and Themes”,

Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. V.D. Mahajan, Constitutional Law of India

2. H.M. Seervai, Constitution of India

3. Sharma, Brij Kishore, “Introduction to the Constitution of India:, Prentice Hall

of India, New Delhi.

4. U.R.Gahai, “Indian Political System “, New Academic Publishing House,

Jalaendhar.

5. R.N. Sharma, “Indian Social Problems “, Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.
Ltd.

Weblinks:

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_lw03/preview

101
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Elaborate the constitution of India and its salient features. K2

CO2 Know the fundamental rights and duties K3

CO3 Discuss the Parliamentary Form of Government in India. K3

CO4 Recognize the Directive Principles of State Policy. K2

Understand and abide the rules of the Indian constitution and to

CO5 K4
appreciate different culture among the people.

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 - - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - 2 2 2 - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 - 3 2 3 - - - 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
  

PCC JAVA AND WEB PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 Will gain knowledge in the basic concepts of Data Analysis

 To acquire skills in data preparatory and preprocessing steps

102
  To understand the mathematical skills in statistics
 To learn the tools and packages in Python for data science
 To gain understanding in classification and Regression Model
 To acquire knowledge in data interpretation and visualization techniques

UNIT I : JAVA INTRODUCTION 9

Review of object oriented programming - Objects and classes in Java – Defining

classes – Methods - Access specifiers – static members – static fields - static methods -
static variables – constructors - Default constructor - parameterized constructor –
finalize method – Arrays – Strings – Packages – user defined packages – Java Doc
comments

UNIT II : OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN JAVA 9

Inheritance – class hierarchy – polymorphism - Runtime polymorphism - compile time

polymorphisms– Encapsulation - static and dynamic binding – final keyword –
abstract classes – the Object class: Method of object class – java Reflection –
interfaces – Properties of interfaces – object cloning – inner classes – use of inner
classes – proxies-Design Patterns in Java

UNIT III : HTML,CSS CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING 9

Understanding Internet - Understanding websites and web servers - HTML - – forms –

frames – tables – web page design – CSS - Java Script: An introduction to JavaScript–
JavaScript DOM Model-Date and Objects,-Regular Expressions- JavaScript Events -
Event Handling and Validation -Exception Handling-

UNIT IV : SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING 9

Understanding Java Server Pages-JSP Standard Tag Library(JSTL)-Creating HTML

forms by embedding JSP code- Servlets: Java Servlet Architecture- Servlet Life Cycle-
Form GET and POST actions- Session Handling- Understanding Cookies- Installing
and Configuring Apache Tomcat Web Server;- DATABASE CONNECTIVITY:
JDBC perspectives, JDBC program example – JSP:.

UNIT V : Web Applications development with Rest APIs 9

Rest API development with spring boot, Spring boot project with STS/MAVEN,
Controller and Rest Controller annotations, Request Body, Response Body
annotations, Error handling with spring boot

TOTAL HOURS : 45

103
Text Books:

1. Herbert Schildt, “Java The complete reference”, 8th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2011.

2. Jeffrey C. Jackson, "Web Technologies--A Computer Science Perspective",

Pearson Education, 2006.

Reference Books:

1. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “Java SE 8 for programmers”, 3rd Edition,

Pearson, 2015.

2. Cay S. Horstmann, Gary cornell, “Core Java Volume –I Fundamentals”, 9th

Edition,

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs47/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Develop Java programs using OOP principles K2

Develop Java programs with the concepts inheritance and

CO2: K4
interfaces

Design simple web pages using markup languages like HTML

CO3: K3
and XHTML

Program server side web pages that have to process request from
CO4: K4
client side web pages

Understand various web services and how these web services

CO5: K1
interact

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 1 1 1 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - 1 1 1 1 3

104
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams
    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
    

PCC MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

 Understand the basics of Android devices and Platform.

 Acquire knowledge on basic building blocks of Android programming

required for App development.

 Understand persistence Data storage mechanism in Android

 Understand advanced application concepts like networking, Animations and

Google Maps services etc.

 Develop and publish Android applications in to Android Market

UNIT I : JAVA FX TECHNOLOGY FOR RICH CLIENT APPLICATIONS 9

Introduction: Introduction to mobile application development, trends, introduction to various

platforms, introduction to smart phones , Android platform: Android platform features and
architecture, versions, comparison added features in each versions. ART(Android
Runtime),ADB(Android Debug Bridge). Development environment/IDE: Android studio and its
working environment, gradle build system, emulator setup Application anatomy: Application
framework basics: resources layout, values, asset XML representation and generated R.Javafile

,Android manifest file.

UNIT II : NDROID UI DESIGN 9

GUI for Android: Introduction to activities, activities life-cycle, Android v7 support library form
API21 for lower version support Intent :intent object, intent filters ,adding categories, linking
activities, user interface design components Views and View Groups: Basic views, picker views,
adapter views, Menu, App Bar etc, basics of screen design; different layouts. App widgets. Lollipop
Material design: new themes, new widgets, Card layouts. Recycler View . Fragments: Introduction to
activities, activities life-cycle.

105
UNIT III : DATA PERSISTENCE 9

Different Data persistence schemes: Shared preferences, File Handling, Managing data using NOSQL
database, Firebase, Content providers: user content provider, Android in build content providers.

UNIT IV : BACK GROUND RUNNING PROCESS, NETWORKING AND TELEPHONY

SERVICES 9

Services :introduction to services – local service, remote service and binding the service, the
communication between service and activity, Intent Service. MultiThreading: Handlers ,AsyncTask
Android network programming :HttpUrlConnection, Connecting to REST-based and SOAP based
Web services Broad cast receivers :Local Broadcast Manager, Dynamic broadcast receiver, System
Broadcast. Pending Intent

UNIT V : ADVANCED APPLICATIONS

Location based services: Google maps V2 services using Google API, Animations
and Graphics: Property Animation,View Animations, Drawable Animations Media
and Camera API: Working with video and audio inputs, camera API Sensor
programming: Motion sensors, Position sensors, Environmental sensors .

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS

1. Greg Milette,Adam Stroud,“PROFESSIONALAndroid™ Sensor

Programming”,John Wiley and Sons Inc2012,ISBN/978111265055, 978128
0678943,978111227459

2. Paul Deital,HarveyDeital, Alexander Wald, “Android 6 for Programmers, App

Driven approach”,2015, Prentice Hall ,ISBN: 9780134289366
Web links:

1. http://developer.android.com/training/index.html

2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/android_overview.html

3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/android-studio-tutorial/

4. https://www.tutlane.com/tutorial/android/android-hello-world-app-example

COURSE OUTCOMES

course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level

CO1 To analyze the basic concepts of Mobile application K4

Development and well versed in the Android platform

CO2 To develop the GUI design of Android K6

106
 CO3 To build file Handling programs in mobile application K3

CO4 To construct a mobile application and store data in K3

database

CO5 To build animation and utilize telephony services K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 - - - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 - 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 1 1 1 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - 1 1 1 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

    
Demonstration/ Open book
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PCC DEEP LEARNING AND PREDICTIVE 3 0 2 4

MODELLING

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To introduce the fundamental techniques and principles of Neural Networks

 To study the different models in ANN and their applications

 To familiarize deep learning concepts with Computer Vision case studies

UNIT I : NEURAL NETWORK 12

Mechanics of Machine Learning-Neuron-Linear Perceptron-Feed-Forward Neural
Networks-Sigmoid, Tanh, and ReLUNeurons- Training Feed-Forward Neural
Networks-Fast-Food Problem-Gradient Descent Delta Rule and Learning Rates.

107
UNIT II CONVOLUTIONAL NEURAL NETWORKS 12

TensorFlow: Creating and Manipulating TensorFlow Variables-TensorFlow

Operations-Neurons in Human VisionConvolutional Layer-Building a
Convolutional Network-Visualizing Learning in Convolutional Networks-
LearningLower Dimensional Representations- Principal Component Analysis-
Autoencoder Architecture- Implementing anAutoencoder in TensorFlow.

UNIT III RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS 12

Recurrent Neural Networks- Challenges with Vanishing Gradients- Long Short-

Term Memory (LSTM) UnitsTensorFlow Primitives for RNN Models-
Implementing a Sentiment Analysis Model- Solving seq2seq Tasks withRecurrent
Neural Networks-MemoryAugmented Neural Networks:Neural Turing Machines,
Attention-Based MemoryAccess, Differentiable neural Computers (DNC) -Memory
Reuse - Temporal Linking - DNCController Network –Visualizing – Implementing
the DNC in TensorFlow.

UNIT IV DEEP REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 12

Deep Reinforcement Learning - Masters Atari Games-Markov Decision Processes-

Policy Versus Value Learning, PoleCart with Policy Gradients-Q-Learning and
Deep RecurrentvQ-Networks.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS OF DEEP LEARNING 12

Applications in Object Recognition and Computer Vision- Unsupervised or

generative feature learningSupervisedfeature learning and classification-
Applications in Multimodal and Multi-task Learning- Multimodalities: Text
andimage-Speech and image- Multi-task learning within the speech, NLP or image
domain

TOTAL HOURS :60

TEXT BOOKS

1. Nikhil Buduma, Nicholas Locascio, “Fundamentals of Deep Learning:

Designing Next-Generation MachineIntelligence Algorithms”, O'Reilly Media,
2017.
2. Li Deng and Dong Yu “Deep Learning Methods and Applications”,
Foundations and Trends in Signal Processing, 2013.http://link. springer.com
/openurl?genre=book&isbn=978-3-319-7
3004-2
REFERENCES

1. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, ”Deep Learning (Adaptive

Computation and Machine Learningseries”, MIT Press, 2017.

108
 2. SandroSkansi“Introduction to Deep Learning From Logical Calculus to
Artificial Intelligence”Springer, 2018.

3. Michael Nielsen, Neural Networks and Deep Learning, Determination Press,

2015.

Weblinks

https://www.oreilly.com/ai/free/files/fundamentals-of-deep-learning-sampler.pdf

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course, the Student will be able to

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Design a simple Neural Networks using Linear Perceptron K5

Implement a Convolutional Neural Networks using

CO2 K6
TensorFlow

Develop an application based on Recurrent Neural

CO3 K3
Network.

CO4 Solve the Deep Reinforcement Learning problem. K3

Build the Speech and Text applications based deep neural

CO5 K3
network

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

109
 End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments Case Studies
Exams
    
Demonstration/ Open book
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PCC JAVA AND WEB PROGRAMMING LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

 To be familiar with Web page design using HTML/XML and style sheets

 To learn to create dynamic web pages using server side scripting.

 To be exposed to creating applications with AJAX

 To be familiar in API development with Spring boot

Experiments:

1. Create a web page with HTML elements

2. Create a web page validating with Form Controls using DHTML
3. Create a web page with all types of Cascading style sheets.
4. Programs in Java using Servlets
5. Invoke servlets from HTML forms.
6. Three-tier applications using servlets, JSP and Databases.
7. Web services -Consider a case where we have two web Services- an airline
service and a travel agent and the travel agent is searching for an airline.
Implement this scenario using Web Services and Data base.
8. Get API development with Spring boot
9. Post API development -saving the data in database
10. Updating data in database with Put API
11. Response code 200, 400, 500 with spring boot

TOTAL HOURS : 30

110
Text / References
 Java The Complete Reference , Herbert Schildt 7th Edition. Tata McGrawHill
Edition
 Java 6 by Rogers Cadenhead, Laura Lemay, Pearson education
 Java Programming – A Practical Approach – C Xavier, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition
K. Arnold and J. Gosling, “The JAVA programming language”, Third edition,
Pearson Education, 2000
 Javascript A Beginners Guide, 3rd Edition – John Pollock - Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition
Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs47/preview
COURSE OUTCOMES

Design simple web pages using markup languages like HTML

CO1 K4
and XHTML.

Create dynamic web pages using DHTML and java script that is
CO2 K6
easy to navigate and use.

Program server side web pages that have to process request

CO3 K6
from client side web pages.

Represent web data using XML and develop web pages using
CO4 K4
JSP.

CO5 Create Webservices for client server applications K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

111
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observation
Exams
  

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation

  

PCC MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives
 To be familiar with mobile app
 To learn to create dynamic mobile web pages.
Experiments:

1. To implement mobile application life cycle methods.

2. To implement simple calculator application.

3. To implement simple SMS application.

4. To implement authentication verification application without and with

database.

5. To implement navigation application with multiple pages / activities.

6. To implement student placement registration form with database.

7. To implement a simple notification application.

8. To implement simple intent with data passing application

9. To implement simple profile changer application through SMS.

10. To create mobile web browser application.

11. To create mobile e-mail application to send a mail.

12. Mini project.

Text Book/References:

1. Build Your Own Security Lab, Michael Gregg, Wiley India

2. Greg Milette,Adam Stroud,“PROFESSIONAL Android™ Sensor
Programming”, John Wiley and Sons Inc2012,ISBN/978111265055,
9781280678943,978111227459
Web links:

112
http://developer.android.com/training/index.html

TOTAL HOURS : 30

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Build a mobile application which implements the Lifecycle method K1

CO2 Create a mobile application which stores the data in the database K3

Design a mobile application which implements features like SMS and

CO3 K4
email

CO4 Evaluate the application which navigates to different web pages K1

CO5 Develop a notification application K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 3

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 3 - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observation

Exams
  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
  

113
 HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT III 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

 To enhance the communication, interpersonal, group skills.

UNIT I : VERBAL APPTITUDE I 6

Phonetics / Neutral Accent / Pronunciation – Speech Mechanism / Mouth & Face

Exercise – Vowels & Consonants – Sounds – Syllable and Syllable Stress/ Word
Stress – Sentence Stress & Intonation Articulation Exercise – Rate of Speech / Flow
of Speech / Idiomatic Phrases.

UNIT II : VERBAL APTITUDE II 6

Singular/plural – present tense / past tense – genders Prepositions – conjunctions –

Choice of words – simple sentences – compound sentences – summarizing phrases
Synonyms – Antonyms – Analogies – Similar Words.

UNIT III : SOFT SKILLS 6

Attitude – Meaning–Features of attitude – Formation – Personality Factors –Types

of attitude – change in attitude – developing Positive attitude.

UNIT IV : TIME MANAGEMENT 6

Definition – Meaning–Importance, Value of time as an important resource –

comparison of Time and Money – Circle of influence and circle of control –
Definition of URGENT and IMPORTANT – Time Wasters and how to reduce –
Procrastination – meaning and impact – 4 Quadrants.

UNIT V : TEAM BUILDING 6

Meaning – Aspects of team building – Process of team building – Types of Teams –

Team Ethics and Understanding – Team trust and commitment.

TOTAL HORUS : 30

TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. B N Ghosh, Managing Soft Skills and Personality, Mc graw Hill Publications

2. Shejwalkar and Ghanekar,Principles and Practices of Management,Mc Graw
Hill Latest.
3. Roberta Roesch ,Time management for Busy people, Tata McGraw–Hill
Edition

114
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. D. P. Sabharwal, Personality Development Handbook, Fingerprint publishing,

2021 R2. Dr V M Selvaraj, Personality Development, Bhavani Publications

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_hs08/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Articulate by understanding the rate and flow of speech. K3

CO2 Choose words and phrases appropriately for any verbal K3

communication.
CO3 Develop a positive attitude in handling diverse situations. K4

CO4 Prioritize important and urgent tasks using the four quadrants K4
method.
CO5 Practice team ethics and understanding when working with teams. K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 2 3

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 3 - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

  
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
    

115
 PCC .NET PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

To assist the learner to understand the .NET Architecture, Object oriented concepts,
to use ADO.NET for database connectivity and developing the ability to solve any
type of problems by mapping with real world environment using ASP.NET and C#.

 Construct various applications using C# in .Net framework

 Familiar about Object Oriented concepts in C# language

 Demonstrate how to retrieve data from database using ADO.NET

programming

 Create web based and windows based applications using ASP.NET

 Make the developer experience consistent across widely varying types of apps,
such as Windows based apps and Web-based apps.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO C 9

Introducing C# - Introduction to .Net framework and Architecture - Understanding

.NET-Overview of C#- Literals Variables-Constant Variables – Scope of Variables –
Boxing and Unboxing - Data Types- Operators- Expressions Branching- Looping-
Methods- Arrays- Strings- Structures- Enumerations.

UNIT II : OBJECT ORIENTED ASPECTS OF C 9

Classes-Adding Variables – Adding Methods - Objects – Accessing class Members

– Constructors – Abstract classes and Methods - Inheritance - Polymorphism –
Interfaces - Operator Overloading - Delegates and Events - Errors and Exceptions.

UNIT III : ADO.NET 9

ADO.NET Introduction - ADO.NET Architecture : Connected and Disconnected

Architecture – Data Provider Connection Object, Command Object, Data Reader -
Datasets : Data Table , Data Column , Data Row , Data Constraints , Data Relation ,
Data Adapters

UNIT IV : WEB BASED APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT ON .NET 9

Building Windows Forms Applications -Programming Web Applications with Web

Forms using ASP.NET - ASP.NET controls - Understand Data Binding and various
Data Sources in ASP.NET - Understand the creation of Master Pages and themes -
Configuration of web applications using IIS configurations - State management in

116
ASP.NET Programming Web Services.

UNIT V : MVC FRAMEWORK 9

MVC basics , MVC Architecture, Web forms vs MVC, Create a controller , Create
models ,Create a view

,Add a service class ,Use dependency injection ,Finish the controller ,Update the
layout

TOTAL HOURS: 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1: Balagurusamy. E, “Programming in C#”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004. (Unit I, II)

2: Liberty.J, “Programming C#”, 2nd Edition., O’Reilly, 2002.(Unit III, IV, V)

3: Bill Hamilton, Matthew MacDonald , “ ADO.NET in a Nutshell “ ,O'Reilly

Media (Unit III)

4: Jesse Liberty, Dan Maharry, Dan Hurwitz . “Programming ASP.NET 3.5” 4th
Edition , O'Reilly Media (Unit IV)

REFERENCES:

1: Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference: C#”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

2: Robinson et al, “Professional C#”, 2nd ed., Wrox Press, 2002.

3: Andrew Troelsen, “C# and the .NET Platform”, A! Press, 2003.

4: ThamaraiSelvi, R. Murugesan, “A Textbook on C#”, Pearson Education

5: ADO.NET in a Nutshell By Bill Hamilton, Matthew MacDonald Publisher:

O'Reilly Media.

6: Programming ASP.NET 3.5, 4th Edition By Jesse Liberty, Dan Maharry, Dan
HurwitzPublisher: O'Reilly Media

Web Links:

W1: https://ict.iitk.ac.in/courses/introduction-to-c-sharp/

W2: https://www.btechguru.com/training--dot-net--c-sharp-dot-net--framework--
c-sharp- programming-tutorial-part-1-video-lecture--11285--27--139.html

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

117
 CO1 Construct various applications using C# in .Net framework K1

CO2 Familiar about Object Oriented concepts in C# language K5

CO3 Demonstrate how to retrieve data from database using ADO.NET K3

programming

CO4 Develop ASP.NET based web application using C# K2

CO5 Develop desktop based, modern web based applications using Model K2
View Controller

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 1 2

CO3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 - -- - - 2 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

118
 PCC COMPUTATIONAL DATA ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
 To study the basic inferential statistics and sampling distribution.
 To understand the concept of estimation of parameters using fundamental tests
and testing of hypotheses.
 To understand the techniques of analysis of variance.
 To gain knowledge in predictive analytics techniques.
 To perform a case study with any available sample data sets.
UNIT I : INFERENTIAL STATISTICS I 9

Populations – samples – random sampling – probability and statistics. Sampling

distribution – creating a sampling distribution – mean of all sample means –
standard error of the mean – other sampling distributions. Hypothesis testing – z-test
– z-test procedure – statement of the problem – null hypothesis – alternate
hypotheses – decision rule – calculations – decisions - interpretations

UNIT II : INFERENTIAL STATISTICS II 9

Why hypothesis tests? – Strong or weak decisions – one-tailed and two-tailed tests –
case studies Influence of sample size – power and sample size - Estimation – point
estimate – confidence interval – level of confidence – effect of sample size

UNIT III : T-TEST 9

t-test for one sample – sampling distribution of t – t-test procedure – degrees of

freedom – estimating the standard error – case studies t-test for two independent
samples – statistical hypotheses – sampling distribution – test procedure – p-value –
statistical significance – estimating effect size – meta analysis t-test for two related
samples

UNIT IV : ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE 9

F-test – ANOVA – estimating effect size – multiple comparisons – case studies

Analysis of variance with repeated measures Two-factor experiments – three f-tests
– two-factor ANOVA – other types of ANOVA Introduction to chi-square tests

UNIT V: PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS 9

Linear least squares – implementation – goodness of fit – testing a linear model –

weighted Resampling Regression using StatsModels – multiple regression –
nonlinear relationships – logistic regression – estimating parameters – accuracy
Time series analysis – moving averages – missing values –serial correlation –
autocorrelation Introduction to survival analysis

119
TOTAL : 45 Hours

Text Books:

 Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley

Publications, 2017.
 Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green
Tea Press, 2014. [Unit V]
Reference Books:
1. David Spiegelhalter, “The Art of Statistics: Learning from Data”, Pelican
Books, 2020.
2. Peter Bruce, Andrew Bruce, and Peter Gedek, “Practical Statistics for Data
Scientists”, Second Edition, O’Reilly Publishers, 2020..
3. Charles R. Severance, “Python for Everybody: Exploring Data in Python 3”,
Shroff Publishers, 2017.
4. Bradley Efron and Trevor Hastie, “Computer Age Statistical Inference”,
Cambridge University Press, 2016.
Web Links:
1. https://www.ibm.com/in-en/marketing/careereducation/bigdata-analytics/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the concept of sampling K1

CO2 Apply the knowledge to derive hypotheses for given data K3
CO3 Demonstrate the skills to perform various tests in the given data K4
Ability to derive inference using Predictive Analytics Perform
CO4 K3
statistical analytics on a data set
CO5 Perform statistical analytics on a data set K5
Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - 2 2 1 3

CO4 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 2 1 - - - 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

120
 End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments Case Studies
Exams

    

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PCC NET PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Implement C# program

a) Write a program in C# to count a total number of alphabets, digits and

special characters in a string.

b) Write a program in C# to count a total number of duplicate elements in an

array.

c) Design program to implement Stack in c#.

2. Basic C# program

(a) Calculate Hypotenuse of triangle using dynamic initialization of variables

(b) To get input from the user and perform calculations

(c) Calculate the quadrant for the coordinates using if..else…ladder

(d) Check whether the alphabet is a vowel or not using switch..case…

(e) To understand about for..each loop and strings

3. Create a login page using controls.

4. Create a registration page with all controls.

5. Establish database connection using ado.net

6. Create a page with control values fetching from database

7. Create a master page for college application.

8. Apply themes and different CSS in a form.

9. Create a crud application

121
 10. Create a web application with MVC framework

TOTAL HOURS: 30

Text Books:

1. Balagurusamy. E, “Programming in C#”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

2. Liberty.J, “Programming C#”, 2nd Edition., O’Reilly, 2002.

Reference Books:

1. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference: C#”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

2. Robinson et al, “Professional C#”, 2nd ed., Wrox Press, 2002.

Web Links:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dot net/index.html

2. https://ict.iitk.ac.in/courses/introduction-to-c-sharp

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level
CO1 Understanding the basic concepts, and programs in C# K5

CO2 Establish database connection using ADO.Net K1

CO3 Create user interactive web pages using ASP.net K1
CO4 Applying themes and different CSS in a form K4

CO5 Performing database operations for windows and web K3

applications using MVC

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO 2

CO1 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 2 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

122
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation
  
Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /
Presentation
    

CC COMPUTATIONAL DATA ANALYTICS LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

 To study and write simple programs using the basic packages for handling
data

 To do various sampling and T,Z,Anova test in various samples

 To perform case study and design a system

 To demonstrate Time Series Analysis in any real time application

List of Experiments:

1. Random Sampling
2. Correlation Study
3. Z-test case study
4. T-test case studies
5. ANOVA case studies
6. Linear Regression
7. Multiple Regression
8. Logistic Regression
9. Time series Analysis
10. Exploratory Data Analysis
11. Predicition
12. Visualization

TOTAL HOURS : 30

Text Books:

123
 1. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley
Publications, 2017.

2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”,

Green Tea Press, 2014. [Unit V]

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. David Spiegelhalter, “The Art of Statistics: Learning from Data”, Pelican

Books, 2020.

2. Peter Bruce, Andrew Bruce, and Peter Gedek, “Practical Statistics for Data
Scientists”, Second Edition, O’Reilly Publishers, 2020..

Web Links:

https://www.ibm.com/in-en/marketing/careereducation/bigdata-analytics/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 To become skilled to use various packages in Python K1

Demonstrate the understanding of data distribution with various

CO2 K3
samples

Ability to Implement T-Test ,Anova and Z-Test on sample data

CO3
sets K4

CO4 Understanding of Mathematical models in real world problems. K1

CO5 Conduct time series analysis and draw conclusion. K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -

CO4 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 1 3

124
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  

Demonstration /
Record MCQ Projects Viva
Presentation

  

HSC PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT IV 2 0 0 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To enhance the soft skills and prepare them towards the skills needed for their
career.

UNIT I : SOFT SKILLS 6

Assertiveness – Meaning – Importance of assertiveness – Characteristics of
Assertive communication –
Merits – forms of assertion – Causes of misunderstanding
UNIT II : COMMUNICATION SKILLS 6
Meaning – Elements of Communication – Functions of Communication – Principles
of Communication Formal and Informal Communication – Barriers in
Communication – Characteristics of good – communication – Feedback –
Communication systems.
UNIT III : PRESENTATION SKILLS 6
Meaning – Importance of Presentation – Concept of 5 W’s and one
H – understanding the audience –
Types of presentations – How to make effective presentation.
UNIT IV : PRESENTATION SKILLS II 6
Use of slide, PPT’s and visuals – Rules for slide presentation – precautions –
seminars and conferences –
Steps to eliminate Stage fear.
UNIT V CHANGE MANAGEMENT 6
Definition – Necessity – Resistance towards Change – 10 Principles of Change
Management – Leaders approach – Effective Change management.
TOTAL HOURS : 30

125
TEXT BOOKS:

1. LaClair, J. and Rao, R. Helping Employees Embrace Change, McKinsey

Quarterly, 2002, Number 4.

2. Spencer Johnson, Who Moved My Cheese, Vermilion, First edition

3. Adair, John, Effective Communication, London: Pan Macmillan Ltd., 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Bovee, Courtland L, John V. Thill & Barbara E. Schatzman. Business

Communication Today, Tenth Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2010.

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_hs08/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Be assertive in their communication. K3

CO2 Differentiate the principles of formal and informal K4

communication.

CO3 Make an effective presentation by understanding the audience. K3

CO4 Practice the rules of presentation using slides, PPT’s and K3

visuals.

CO5 Discuss the principles of change management. K2

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - 2 - 2 2 - 1

CO4 2 2 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 - 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 - 2 3 - 3

126
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Observation

  

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation

  

PCC FULL STACK WEB DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the various components of full stack development

 To learn Node.js features and applications

 To develop applications with MongoDB

 To understand the role of Angular and Express in web applications

 To develop simple web applications with React

UNIT I : BASICS OF FULL STACK 9
Understanding the Basic Web Development Framework - - User - Browser –
Webserver - Backend Services – MVC Architecture - Understanding the different
stacks –The role of Express – Angular – Node – Mongo DB – React
UNIT II : NODE JS 9
Basics of Node JS – Installation – Working with Node packages – Using Node
package manager – Creating a simple Node.js application – Using Events –
Listeners –Timers - Callbacks – Handling Data I/O – Implementing HTTP services
in Node.js
UNIT III : MONGO DB 9

Understanding NoSQL and MongoDB – Building MongoDB Environment – User

accounts – Access control – Administering databases – Managing collections –
Connecting to MongoDB from Node.js – simple applications
UNIT IV : EXPRESS AND ANGULAR 9
Implementing Express in Node.js - Configuring routes - Using Request and
Response objects - Angular - Typescript - Angular Components - Expressions - Data
binding - Built-in directives

127
UNIT V : REACT 9

MERN STACK – Basic React applications – React Components – React State –

Express REST APIs - Modularization and Webpack - Routing with React Router –
Server-side rendering

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1. Brad Dayley, Brendan Dayley, Caleb Dayley, ‘Node.js, MongoDB and

Angular Web Development’, Addison-Wesley, Second Edition, 2018

2. Vasan Subramanian, ‘Pro MERN Stack, Full Stack Web App Development
with Mongo, Express, React, and Node’, Second Edition, Apress, 2019.

Reference Books:

1. Chris Northwood, ‘The Full Stack Developer: Your Essential Guide to the
Everyday Skills Expected of a Modern Full Stack Web Developer’, Apress; 1st
edition, 2018

2. Kirupa Chinnathambi, ‘Learning React: A Hands-On Guide to Building Web

Applications Using React and Redux’, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2nd
edition, 2018

3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/the_full_stack_web_development/index.asp

4. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/full-stack-react

5. https://www.udemy.com/course/the-full-stack-web-development/ Web Links:

Weblinks

1. https://angular.io/
2. https://nodejs.org/en/
3. https://expressjs.com/
4. https://www.mongodb.com/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the various stacks available for web application K1

development
CO2 Use Node.js for application development K5
CO3 Develop applications with MongoDB K4

128
 CO4 Use the features of Angular and Express K6
CO5 Develop React applica K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO5 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

     

PCC FULL STACK WEB DEVELOPMENT LAB 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives

 To develop full stack applications with clear understanding of user interface,

business logic and data storage.

 To design and develop user interface screens for a given scenario

 To develop the functionalities as web components as per the requirements

 To implement the database according to the functional requirements

 To integrate the user interface with the functionalities and data storage.

129
List of Experiments:

1. Develop a portfolio website for yourself which gives details about yourself for
a potential recruiter.

2. Create a web application to manage the TO-DO list of users, where users can
login and manage their to-do items

3. Create a simple micro blogging application (like twitter) that allows people to
post their content which can be viewed by people who follow them.

4. Create a food delivery website where users can order food from a particular
restaurant listed in the website.

5. Develop a classifieds web application to buy and sell used products. rest api
with node

6. Develop a leave management system for an organization where users can

apply different types of leaves such as casual leave and medical leave. They
also can view the available number of days.

7. Develop a simple dashboard for project management where the statuses of

various tasks are available. New tasks can be added and the status of existing
tasks can be changed among Pending, In Progress or Completed.

8. Develop an online survey application where a collection of questions is

available and users are asked to answer any random 5 questions

9. Create your Own Web Application

10. Mini Project

Text Books:

1. Amos Q. Haviv, MEAN Web Development,2nd Revised edition,Packt

Publishing

2. Ethan Brown,Web Development with Node and Express,Oreilly

Reference Books:

1. Colin J Ihrig , Adam Bretz Full Stack JavaScript Development With

MEAN,FirstEdition

Web Links:

1. https://angular.io/

TOTAL HOURS : 30

130
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Design full stack applications with clear understanding of user K3

interface, business logic and data storage

CO2 Design and develop user interface screens K4

CO3 Implement the functional requirements using appropriate tool K6

CO4 Design and develop database based on the requirements K4

CO5 Integrate all the necessary components of the application K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 3 1 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2

CO2 1 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO4 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Observation

Exams
  

Record MCQ Projects Viva Demonstration /

Presentation

  

131
LIST OF ALL PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

132
 PEC APPLIED CRYPTOGRAPHY 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:

 To understand the mathematical background for cryptography.

 To understand the taxonomy of cryptography primitives

 To understand the Symmetric key encryption system, public key encryption

system

 To implement cryptographic algorithms

UNIT I - INTRODUCTION 9

Cryptography goals – Taxonomy of cryptography primitives – Background on

functions – Basic terminology – Definition and examples – Block ciphers, stream
cipher, substitution ciphers, transposition ciphers – Composition of ciphers – Digital
signature – Construction of digital signature – Public key cryptography – Hash
functions – Protocol and mechanism – Key establishment and management – Pseudo
random numbers – Classes of attack.

UNIT II - NUMBER THEORY 9

Probability theory – Information theory – Complexity theory – Number theory –

Abstract algebra – Finite fields – Primality test – Prime number generation –
Irreducible polynomial.

UNIT III - RANDOM GENERATORS 9

Pseudo random bits and sequences – Random bit generation – Pseudorandom bit
generation – statistical tests – Stream Cipher.

UNIT IV - ENCRYPTION ALGORITHMS 9

Block cipher – DES – FEAL – IDEA – SAFAR – Public key encryption – RSA –
Rabin – Elgamal –Mc Eliece – Knapsack.

UNIT V - HASH ALGORITHMS 9

Hash function and data integrity – Classification and framework – Basic

constructions and general results – Unkeyed hash functions – Keyed hash functions
– data integrity and message authentication – Advanced attacks and hash function.

TOTAL: 45 hours

133
TEXT BOOK :

1. A.Menezes, P.Van Oorschot and S. Vanstone, “Hand book of Applied

Cryptography” CRC Press, Fifth Printing, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, “ Network Security, Private

communication in public world” PHI 2nd edition 2002.

2. Bruce Schneier, Neils Ferguson, “Practical Cryptography”, Wiley Dreamtech

India Pvt Ltd, 2003

3. Douglas R Simson “Cryptography – Theory and practice”, CRC Press 1995. 3.

Stallings, “Cry ptography& Network Security”, Pearson Education, 4 th Edition
2006.

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs02/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Course Description Knowledge

Outcome Level

CO1 Understand the basics of cryptographic algorithms and K3

protocols

CO2 Analyze the concept of Public key cryptography, Hash K4

functions, Key establishment and management

CO3 Acquire knowledge on encryption algorithms such as Block K3

cipher, DES, FEAL, IDEA and SAFAR

CO4 Evaluate the performance of Hash function, data integrity and K5

message authentication

CO5 Assess existing applications of cryptography and develop K6

new protocols and applications that employ cryptography.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 0 1 2 0

CO2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -

134
 CO3 2 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 - - 2

CO4 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

 

PEC BIG DATA PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To explore the fundamental concepts of big data analytics, Hadoop, R programming

and HiveQL

 To learn big data analytics using R Programming

UNIT I : Introduction to Big Data 9

Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of Conventional Systems - Nature of

Data- Evolution Of Analytic Scalability - Intelligent data analysis- Analytic Processes
and Tools - Analysis vs. Reporting - Modern Data Analytic Tools - Statistical Concepts:
Sampling Distributions - Re-Sampling - Statistical Inference - Prediction Error

UNIT II : Hadoop 9

History of Hadoop- The Hadoop Distributed File System – Components of Hadoop-

Analyzing the Data with Hadoop Scaling Out- Hadoop Streaming- Design of HDFS-Java
interfaces to HDFS Basics- Developing a Map Reduce Application-How Map Reduce
Works-Anatomy of a Map Reduce Job run-Failures-Job Scheduling-Shuffle and Sort –
Task execution - Map Reduce Types and Formats- Map Reduce Features

UNIT III : Hive QL 9

135
Introduction to HiveQL- Databases in Hive-HiveQL: Queries- SELECT … FROM
Clauses , Specify Columns with Regular Expressions , Computing with Column Values ,
Arithmetic Operators, Using Functions- Mathematical functions, Aggregate functions,
Table generating functions, Other built-in functions ,LIMIT Clause ,Nested SELECT
Statements, CASE … WHEN … THEN Statements, WHERE Clauses, Predicate
Operators, LIKE and RLIKE, GROUP BY Clauses , HAVING Clauses ,JOIN Statements
-Inner JOIN ,LEFT OUTER JOIN,RIGHT OUTER JOIN, FULL OUTER JOIN,
Cartesian Product JOINs , Map-side Joins, ORDER BY and SORT BY, DISTRIBUTE
BY with SORT BY , CLUSTER BY

UNIT IV : Big Data Analytics Using R Programming 9

Analyzing, Visualization and Exploring the Data, Statistics for Model Building and
Evaluation, Introduction to R and RStudio, Basic analysis in R, Intermediate R,
Intermediate analysis in R, Advanced Analytics - K-means clustering, Association rules-
Speedup, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Naïve Bayes, Decision Trees, Time
Series Analysis, Text Analysis

UNIT V Frameworks 9

Applications on Big Data Using Pig and Hive – Data processing operators in Pig – Hive
services –- fundamentals of HBase and ZooKeeper - IBM InfoSphere BigInsights and
Streams. Visualizations - Visual data analysis techniques, interaction techniques; Systems
and applications

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books :

1. Prajapati, Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop, 2014

2. Stephan Kudyba, Big Data, Mining, and Analytics: Components of Strategic

Decision Making, Auerbach Publications, March 12, 2014 .

3. Michael Minelli (Author), Michele Chambers (Author), Ambiga Dhiraj

(Author) , Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and
Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses, Wiley Publications,2013

4. Jason Rutherglen, Dean Wampler and Edward Capriolo, Programming Hive,

O’REILLY, 2012

Reference Books:

1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, ―Intelligent Data Analysis‖, Springer,

2007.

2. Tom White ― Hadoop: The Definitive Guide‖ Third Edition, O‘reilly Media,
2012.

136
 3. Chris Eaton, Dirk De Roos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos,
―Understanding Big Data: Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and
Streaming Data‖, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2012

4. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, ―Mining of Massive Datasets,

Cambridge University Press, 2012.

5. Bill Franks, ―Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in
Huge Data Streams with Advanced Analytics, JohnWiley& sons, 2012.

6. Glenn J. Myatt, ―Making Sense of Data, John Wiley & Sons, 2007

7. Dr. Mark Gardener, Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language

(Wrox), 2013

8. PeteWarden, ―Big Data Glossary, O‘Reilly, 2011.

9. Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber ―Data Mining Concepts and Techniques,

Second Edition, Elsevier, Reprinted 2008.

10. Da Ruan,Guoquing Chen, Etienne E.Kerre, GeertWets, Intelligent Data

Mining, Springer,2007

11. Paul Zikopoulos ,Dirk deRoos , Krishnan Parasuraman , Thomas Deutsch ,

James Giles , David Corrigan , Harness the Power of Big Data The IBM Big
Data Platform, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2012.

12. Michael Minelli (Author), Michele Chambers (Author), AmbigaDhiraj

(Author) , Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and
Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses,Wiley Publications,2013

13. Zikopoulos, Paul, Chris Eaton, Understanding Big Data: Analytics for
Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,
2011

Weblinks:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104189

COURSE OUTCOMES

Identify the purpose and need of big data programming and

CO1 K3
compare it with conventional systems.

Examine and compare various Components of Hadoop and

CO2 K4
develop a Map Reduce application.

CO3 Develop Hive queries using HiveQL interface. K3

137
 Discuss various statistics modeling techniques and its evaluation
CO4 K6
using R and other clustering methods.

Discuss various big data frameworks, Applications on Big Data

CO5 Using Pig, fundamentals HBASE, Zookeeper, IBM Info Sphere K6
Big Insights and also test Visual data analysis techniques

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

   

PEC CLOUD COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the concept of cloud and utility computing.

 To understand the various issues in cloud computing.

 To familiarize with the types of virtualization and the lead players in cloud.

138
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION, PRINCIPLES AND 9
ARCHITECTURE

Cloud Computing : Vision, reference model, characteristics and challenges – historical

development – building cloud computing environment – computing platforms and
Technologies – Parallel Vs distributed computing – Elements of parallel and distributed
computing – Technologies for distributed computing. Cloud Computing Architecture:
Cloud reference model - NIST Cloud Computing Reference Architecture – types of
Clouds - economics – open challenges.

UNIT II : VIRTUALIZATION 9

Characteristics of virtualized environments - Taxonomy of virtualization techniques -

Execution virtualization -Machine reference model - Hardware-level virtualization –
Hypervisors - Hardware virtualization techniques -Operating system-level virtualization
- Programming 210 language-level virtualization - Application-level virtualization -
Other types - Virtualization and cloud computing - Pros and cons of virtualization -
Technology examples - Xen: Paravirtualization - VMware: full virtualization - Full
virtualization and binary translation - Microsoft Hyper-V.

UNIT III : CLOUD INFRASTRUCTURE 9

Cloud Computing and Services Model – Public, Private and Hybrid Clouds – Cloud Eco
System - IaaS - PaaS – SaaS. Architectural Design of Compute and Storage Clouds –
Layered Cloud Architecture Development – Design Challenges - Inter Cloud Resource
Management – Resource Provisioning and Platform Deployment – Global Exchange of
Cloud Resources. Case Study: Amazon Web Service reference, GoGrid, Rackspace

UNIT IV : CLOUD PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE 9

ENVIRONMENT

Cloud capabilities and platform features – data features and databases - Parallel and
Distributed Programming Paradigms – MapReduce , Twister and Iterative MapReduce –
Hadoop Library from Apache – Dryad and DryadLINQ – sawzall and Pig Latin -
Mapping Applications - Programming Support of Google App Engine - Amazon AWS –
Microsoft Azure - Cloud Software Environments -Eucalyptus, Open Nebula,
OpenStack. Case Study: Amazon Web Service reference, GoGrid, Rackspace.

UNIT V : CLOUD PLATFORMS AND APPLICATION 9

Amazon web services - Compute services - Storage services - Communication services -

Google AppEngine - Architecture and core concepts – Cloud Security and Trust
management. Application life cycle - Cost model – Observations - Microsoft Azure -
SQL Azure – Scientific Applications –Business and Consumer Application – Energy
efficiency in clouds - Market-based management of clouds - Federated clouds/Inter

139
Cloud - Third-party cloud services.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

T1: Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack G Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud
Computing, From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2012. T2: Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola.
S.Thamarai Selvi, “Mastering Cloud Computing”, McGraw Hill Education,
2013.
Reference Books:

R1: James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for
Systems and Processes”, Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.

R2: George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and

Infrastructure in the Cloud” O'Reilly.

R3: Ronald L. Krutz, Russell Dean Vines, “Cloud Security – A comprehensive

Guide to Secure Cloud Computing”, Wiley – India, 2010.

R4: John W.Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, “Cloud

Computing:Implementation, Management, and Security”, CRC Press, 2010.

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs20/preview.

2. https://www.w3schools.in/cloud-computing.

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand the broad perspective of cloud architecture, key

technologies, principles, strengths, limitations as well as the K2, K3
CO1 possible applications of the state-of-art of cloud computing.

Gain a basic knowledge of virtualization and its categorization

CO2 and Design & develop highly scalable cloud-based applications K3, K6
by creating and configuring virtual machines.

Compare, contrast, and evaluate the key trade-offs between

multiple approaches to cloud system design, and Identify
CO3 K4
appropriate design choices when solving real - world cloud

140
 computing problems.

Interpret some important cloud computing driven commercial

systems such as: Google Apps, Microsoft Azure and Amazon
CO4 Web Services and other businesses cloud applications. K5

Build and deploy cloud application using popular cloud

CO5 K6
platforms.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 - 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Openbook

Presentation test

  

PEC CRYTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the fundamental principles, algorithms of cryptographic techniques

and expose them to various scenarios of cyber crime with an introduction to cyber
law along with a thrust on security on the internet

 To develop an understanding of information assurance as practiced in computer

141
 operating systems, distributed systems, networks and representative applications.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

OSI Security Architecture - Classical Encryption techniques – Cipher Principles – Data

Encryption .Standard – The strength of DES - Block Cipher Design Principles and
Modes of Operation - Evaluation criteria for AES – AES Cipher – Multiple Encryption
and Triple DES – Placement of Encryption Function – Traffic Confidentiality – Key
distribution – Random Number Generation

UNIT : II PUBLIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

Key Management - Diffie- Hellman key Exchange – Elliptic Curve Arithmetic - Elliptic
Curve Cryptography
- Introduction to Number Theory – Confidentiality using Symmetric Encryption –
Public Key Cryptography/RSA
UNIT III : AUTHENTICATION AND HASH 9
FUNCTION

Authentication requirements – Authentication functions – Message Authentication

Codes – Hash. Functions – Security of Hash Functions and MACs – MD5 message
Digest algorithm - Secure Hash Algorithm – RIPEMD – HMAC Digital Signatures –
CMAC Digital Signatures - Digital Signatures - Authentication Protocols – Digital
Signature Standard.

UNIT IV : NETWORK SECURITY 9

Authentication Applications: Kerberos – X.509 Authentication Service – Electronic
Mail Security: Pretty good privacy, S/MIME – IP Security – Web Security: Web
security considerations, Secure socket layer and Transport layer Security –
Authentication Header – Encapsulating Security Payload – Combining Security
Associations – Key Management.

UNIT V : SYSTEM LEVEL SECURITY 9

Intruders: Intrusion detection – password management – Malicious software: Viruses

and related. Threats, Virus Counter measures, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks –
Firewalls: Firewall Design Principles, Trusted Systems, Common Criteria for
Information Technology Security Evaluation – Internet standards and internet security.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

142
1 William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and
Practices”, Prentice Hall of India, Third Edition, 2003.

2 Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013

Reference Books:

1 Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2001.

2 Charles B. Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”,

Third Edition, Pearson education

Web Links:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cryptography/index.html

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs16/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand OSI security architecture and the design principles of

CO1 K3
Block cipher

CO2 Acquire knowledge on block cipher modes of operation K3

CO3 Describe key management in public key cryptography K5

CO4 Implement the Hash Functions and Authentication Protocols K6

CO5 Analyze the Electronic Mail Security and IP Security K4

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO1 2 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2 1

CO5 - 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

143
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies
   
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book
Presentation test
  

PEC CYBER FORENSICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• To understand the fundamentals of Computer Forensics and computing
Investigations.
• To recognize the legal underpinnings and critical laws affecting forensics
• To apply the tools and methods to uncover hidden information in digital
systems.
• To learn about current licensing and certification requirements to build the
career in digital forensic.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9
The Scope of Computer Forensics - Windows Operating and File Systems –
Handling Computer Hardware – Anatomy of Digital Investigation.
UNIT II : INVESTIGATIVE SMART PRACTICES 9

Forensics Investigative Smart Practices – Time and Forensics – Incident closure

UNIT III : LAWS AND PRIVACY CONCERNS 9

Laws Affecting Forensic Investigations – Search Warrants and Subpoenas –

Legislated Privacy Concerns – The admissibility of Evidence – First Response and
Digital Investigator

UNIT IV : DATA ACQUISITION AND REPORT WRITING 9

Data Acquisition – Finding Lost Files – Document Analysis – Case Management

and Report Writing – Building a Forensics Workstation

UNIT V : TOOLS AND CASE STUDIES 9

Tools of the Digital Investigator - Licensing and Certification – Case Studies: E-

mail Forensics – Web Forensics – Searching the Network – Excavating a Cloud –
Mobile device Forensics.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

144
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Michael Graves, ―Digital Archaeology: The Art and Science of Digital

Forensics, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2014.

2. Darren R. Hayes, ―Practical Guide to Computer Forensics Investigation,

Pearson, 2015.

3. Albert J. Marcella and Frederic Guillossou, ―Cyber Forensics: From Data to

Digital Evidence ―, Wiley, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips and Christopher Steuart, ―Guide to Computer

Forensics and Investigations‖, Fourth Edition, Cengage, 2013.

Web Links:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106129

https://www.techtarget.com/searchsecurity/definition/computer-forensics

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Acquire knowledge on Forensic Investigative smart K3

practices.

CO2 Analyze the importance and need for smart practices in K4

computer investigation.

CO3 Analyze the ethical standards of the profession and apply K4

those standards to all aspects of the study and practice of
digital forensics.

Evaluate the effectiveness of available digital forensics

tools and use them in a way that optimizes the efficiency
CO4 K5
and quality of digital forensics investigations.

CO5 Describe web and mobile device forensics. K6

Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

145
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 3 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 - - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration / Presentati

 

PEC DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

 To introduce the concept of data warehousing with special emphasis on

architecture and design.

 To introduce the concept of data mining with a detail coverage of basic tasks,
metrics, issues, andimplication.

 To learn the core topics like classification, clustering and association rules.

UNIT I : DATA WAREHOUSING 9

Data warehousing Components:Data Warehouse Database, Sourcing, Acquisition,

Cleanup and TransformationTool,Data Warehouse Administration and Management,
Information Delivery System – Building a Data warehouse –- Mapping the Data
Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture – DBMS Schemas for Decision
Support – Data Extraction, Cleanup, and Transformation Tools –Metadata.

UNIT II : BUSINESS ANALYSIS 9

146
Reporting and Query tools and Applications – Tool Categories – The Need
forApplications – Cognos Impromptu Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) – Need
–Multidimensional Data Model – OLAP Guidelines –Multidimensional
versusMultirelational OLAP – Categories of Tools – OLAP Tools and the Internet -
Data CubeTechnology, From Data warehousing to Data Mining.

UNIT III : DATA MINING 9

Introduction – Data – Types of Data – Data Mining Functionalities – Interestingness

ofPatterns – Classification ofData Mining Systems- comparison of classification and
prediction methods – Data Mining Task Primitives –Integration of a Data Mining
System with a Data Warehouse – Issues – DataPreprocessing.-, Mining Descriptive
Statistical Measures in Large Databases.

UNIT IV : ASSOCIATION RULE MINING AND CLASSIFICATION 9

Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods –

Mining various Kinds of Association Rules – Correlation Analysis – Constraint
BasedAssociation Mining – Classification and Prediction - BasicConcepts -
Decision TreeInduction - Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification –
ClassificationByBackpropagation – Support Vector Machines – Associative
Classification – LazyLearners – Other Classification

Methods – Prediction
UNIT V: CLUSTERING, APPLICATIONS AND TRENDS IN DATA MINING 9

Cluster Analysis - Types of Data – Categorization of Major Clustering Methods – K-

means– Partitioning Methods –Hierarchical Methods - Density-Based Methods –
GridBased Methods – Model- Based Clustering Methods –Clustering High
Dimensional Data- Constraint – Based Cluster Analysis – Outlier Analysis – Data
Mining Applications.- Case Study.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “ Data Warehousing, Data Mining &
OLAP”, TataMcGraw – Hill Edition,Tenth Reprint 2007.(I & II)

2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”,
SecondEdition, Elsevier, 2007.(IIIto V)

REFERENCES:

1. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar, “Introduction To Data

147
 Mining”,Person Education, 2007.

2. K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay “, Insight into Data mining Theory
andPractice”, Easter EconomyEdition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

3. G. K. Gupta, “Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter

EconomyEdition, Prentice Hall of India,2006.

4. Daniel T.Larose, “Data Mining Methods and Models”, Wile-Interscience,

2006.

Web Links:

W1 : Https://Onlinecourses.Nptel.Ac.In/Noc21_Cs06/Preview

COURSE OUTCOMES :
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

CO1 Apply the basic concepts of DBMS with datawarehousing K3

and datamining
CO2 Identify the datawarehouse components to build a data K3
warehouse.
CO3 Explain the functionalities and classifications of data K5
mining systems
CO5 Identify the issues and understand the integration of a data K3
mining system with a datawarehouse

CO5 Explain cluster analysis, outlier analysis and data mining K5

applications

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

148
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

 

PEC E COMMERCE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the nature of e-Commerce and recognize the business impact and
potential of e- Commerce

 To learn the technologies required to make e-Commerce viable.

 To know about the current drivers and inhibitors facing the business world in
adopting and using e-Commerce

UNIT I : Introduction 9

Traditional commerce and Ecommerce - Categories of Electronic commerce –

Business models – Revenue models – Business processes. Internet and WWW–role of
WWW–value chains–strategic business – Revenue Strategy issues – Industry value
chains - supply chain management–role of Ecommerce

UNIT II : Infrastructure for E-Commerce 9

Packet switched networks–Routing packets. TCP/IP protocol script: IP Addressing –

Domain names – E- mail protocols. Internet utility programs–SGML,HTML and
XML–web client and servers–Web client/server architecture– intranet and extranets –
Public and private networks – Virtual private network

UNIT III : Web Based Tools for E-Commerce 9

Web server: Server computers –performance evaluation – Hardware architectures.

Web server software feature sets–web server software and tools– Internet Utility
programs – Data analysis software – Link checking utilities. web protocol–search
engines–intelligent agents –EC software– webhosting–cost analysis

UNIT IV : Security 9

149
Computer security classification–copyright and Intellectual property–electronic
commerce threats: Secrecy threats – Integrity threats – Necessity threats Encryption
solutions. Protecting client computers–electronic payment systems– electronic cash–
strategies for marketing–sales and promotion–cryptography – authentication

UNIT V: Intelligent Agents 9

Definition and capabilities–limitation of agents – History of software agents –

Characteristics and properties a of agents – Tele script Agent Language – safe-Tcl –
security–web based marketing– search engines and Directory registration–online
advertisements– Portables and info mechanics–website design issues.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text books:

T1 Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B. Whinston “ Frontiers of Electronic

Commerce”,Pearson Education, 2008

T2 Gary PSchneider “Electronic commerce”, Thomson learning & James TPeny

Cambridge USA, 2001 T3 Manlyn Greenstein and Miklos “Electronic
commerce” McGraw-Hill, 2002.

Reference Books:

R1 Efraim TurvanJ.Lee, David Kug and Chung,“Electronic Commerce” Pearson

EducationAsia2001.

R2 Brenda Kienew Ecommerce Business Prentice Hall,2001.

Weblinks:
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/106108103/pdf/Worked_Exampl
es/WKm13.pdf COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Construct the implement various business models of E- K3

Commerce

CO2 Develop a policy and regulatory issues in E-commerce K4

CO3 Evaluate the basic networking concepts K5

CO4 Make use of the web client server architecture K3

CO5 Develop and acquire knowledge on web server concepts and its K6
performance evaluation

150
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

     

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PEC ETHICAL HACKING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To understand how intruders escalate privileges.
 To understand Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, Buffer
Overflows and different types of Attacks and their protection mechanisms
 To learn about ethical laws and tests
UNIT I : Ethical Hacking 9
Types of Data Stolen From the Organizations, Elements of Information Security,
Authenticity and Non- Repudiation, Security Challenges, Effects of Hacking, Hacker
– Types of Hacker, Ethical Hacker, Hacktivism - Role of Security and Penetration
Tester, Penetration Testing Methodology, Networking & Computer Attacks –
Malicious Software (Malware), Protection Against Malware, Intruder Attacks on
Networks and Computers, Addressing Physical Security – Key Loggers and Back
Doors.

151
UNIT II : Foot Printing and Social Engineering 9

Web Tools for Foot Printing, Conducting Competitive Intelligence, Google Hacking,
Scanning, Enumeration, Trojans & Backdoors, Virus & Worms, Proxy & Packet
Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, Social Engineering – shoulder surfing, Dumpster
Diving, Piggybacking

UNIT III : Data Security 9

Physical Security – Attacks and Protection, Steganography – Methods, Attacks and

Measures, Cryptography – Methods and Types of Attacks, Wireless Hacking,
Windows Hacking, Linux Hacking

UNIT IV : Network Protection System & Hacking Web 9

Servers

Routers, Firewall & Honeypots, IDS & IPS, Web Filtering, Vulnerability, Penetration
Testing, Session Hijacking, Web Server, SQL Injection, Cross Site Scripting, Exploit
Writing, Buffer Overflow, Reverse Engineering, Email Hacking, Incident Handling
& Response, Bluetooth Hacking, Mobiles Phone Hacking

UNIT V : Ethical Hacking Laws and Tests 9

An introduction to the particular legal, professional and ethical issues likely to face
the domain of ethical hacking, ethical responsibilities, professional integrity and
making appropriate use of the tools and techniques associated with ethical hacking –
Social Engineering, Host Reconnaissance, Session Hijacking, Hacking - Web Server,
Database, Password Cracking, Network and Wireless, Trojan, Backdoor, UNIX,
LINUX, Microsoft, NOVEL Server, Buffer Overflow, Denial of Service Attack,
Methodical Penetration Testing

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, James E. “Corley, Hands‐On Ethical

Hacking and Network Defense”, Second Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Steven DeFino, Barry Kaufman, Nick Valenteen, “Official Certified Ethical
Hacker Review Guide”, CENGAGE Learning, 2009-11-01.

R2: Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing:

Ethical Hacking and Penetration Testing Made Easy”, Syngress Basics
Series – Elsevier, August 4, 2011.

152
R3: Whitaker & Newman, “ Penetration Testing and Network Defense” , Cisco
Press, Indianapolis, IN, 2006

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs13/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Utilize the basics of ethical hacking, elements of Information K3

Security, authenticity, non-repudiation and security challenges

CO2 Develop a acquire knowledge on Malicious Software (Malware), K4

Protection Against

Malware and Intruder Attacks on Computers

CO3 Evaluate the web tools for Foot Printing, Competitive Intelligence K5
and Google Hacking.

CO4 Determine Proxy & Packet Filtering, Denial of Service, Sniffer, K5

Social Engineering

and shoulder surfing

CO5 Develop Analyze Attacks and enhance Physical Security, and K6

Protection

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

153
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

PEC INFORMATION RETRIEVAL 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the basics of information retrieval with pertinence to modeling

2. To understand various components of IR system

3. To understand machine learning techniques for text classification and

clustering

4. To explore various IR applications.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION AND MODELING 9

Basic Concepts: Retrieval process – Architecture – Boolean retrieval; IR Models:

Taxonomy and characterization of IR models – Classical IR models – Alternative
algebraic models – Models for Browsing – Retrieval Evaluation: Performance
evaluation.

UNIT II : INDEXING AND QUERYING 9

Indexing: Inverted indices – Suffix trees – Suffix arrays – Compression; Querying:

Query languages; Query Operations: Relevance feedback and query expansion –
Automatic local and global analysis.

UNIT III : SEARCHING 9

Searching: Sequential searching – Pattern matching; Searching the Web:

Characteristizing the Web – Search engines – Browsing – Searching using
hyperlinks.

UNIT IV : CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING 9

154
Text Classification: Naive Bayes; Vector Space Classification: Rocchio – k-Nearest
Neighbour; Flat Clustering: K-Means – Model-based clustering – Hierarchical
clustering – Matrix decompositions and latent semantic indexing.

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS 9

XML Retrieval – Multimedia IR – Parallel and Distributed IR – Digital Libraries –

Social Media Retrieval – Content-based Image Retrieval – Online Public Access
Catalogs (OPACs).

TOTAL HOURS: 45

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ricardo Baeza Yates, BerthierRibeiroNeto, “Modern Information Retrieval:

The Concepts and Technology behind Search”, ACM Press Books, 2nd
Edition, 2011.

2. Christopher D Manning, PrabhakarRaghavan, HinrichSchutze, “Introduction to

Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press, 1st South Asian Edition,
2008.

REFERENCES

1. Stefan Buttcher, Charles L A Clarke, Gordon V Cormack,“Information

Retrieval – Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines”, The MIT Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts London, England, 2010.

2. Cheng Xiang Zhai, Sean Massung, “Text Data Management and Analysis: A
Practical Introduction to Information Retrieval and Text Mining”, ACM
Books, 2016.

3. Reza Zafarani, Mohammad Ali Abbasi, Huan Liu, “Social Media Mining: An
Introduction”, 1st Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2014.

4. VipinTyagi, “Content-Based Image Retrieval: Ideas, Influences, and Current

Trends”, 1st Edition, Springer, 2017.

5. Marcia J Bates, “Understanding Information Retrieval Systems: Management,

Types, and Standards”, CRC Press, 2012.

Weblinks:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101007

COURSE OUTCOMES

155
CO1: Describe various IR modeling techniques K3

Identify and design the various components of an Information

CO2: K3
Retrieval system

Apply machine learning techniques to text classification and

CO3: K3
clustering for efficient Information Retrieval.

CO4: Describe various IR applications K2

Apply IR evaluation metrics to measure the performance of IR

CO5: K3
systems

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO3 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

CO4 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 1 2

CO5 3 2 2 - 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

    

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

156
 PEC OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the system modelling and design based on requirements,

converting design to code.

• To use various UML design diagrams and to apply the appropriate design
patterns.

• To learn the basic Object oriented analysis and design skills through an
elaborate case study.

• To apply the process of OOAD in software development.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction to OOAD – What is OOAD? – What is UML? An Overview of Object

Oriented Systems Development - Object Basics – Object Oriented Systems
Development Life Cycle: The Software Development Process – Building High-
Quality Software – OOSD: A Use-Case Driven Approach - Use case Modeling -
Relating Use cases: include,extend and generalization.

UNIT II : OBJECT ORIENTED METHODOLOGIES 9

Rumbaugh Methodology - Booch Methodology - Jacobson Methodology - Patterns

– Frameworks – Unified Approach – Unified Modeling Language: Static and
dynamic model – UML diagrams - UML class diagram – Use case diagramUML
dynamic modeling (Sequence diagram, Collaboration Diagram, State Diagram) -
Activity Diagram –Implementation diagrams (Component diagram, Deployment
diagram).

UNIT III: OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS 9

Identifying use cases : Business object analysis –The unified approach- Business
process modeling – Use case model– Developing effective documentation - Object
Analysis Classification : Classifications theory – Approaches foridentifying classes
– Noun phrase approach – Common class patterns approach – Use case driven
approach –Classes, responsibilities and collaborators – Naming classes - Identifying
Object relationships, Attributes and Methods: Associations – Super sub class
relationship – A part of relationships (aggregation) – Class responsibility – Object
responsibility.

157
UNIT IV : OBJECT ORIENTED DESIGN 9

Design Axioms: The object oriented design process – Design axioms – Corollaries –
Design patterns – Designing Classes: The process - Class visibility – Refining
attributes – Designing methods and protocols. Access Layer: Object Storage and
Object Interoperability: DBMS – Distributed databases and client server computing
– Object relational systems – Multidatabase systems – Designing Access layer
classes.

UNIT V : SOFTWARE QUALITY AND USABILITY 9

View Layer : Designing Interface Objects : Designing view layer classes – Macro
level , Micro level process – Purpose of a view layer interface – Prototyping the user
interface- Software Quality Assurance: Quality Assurance Tests – Testing strategies
– Impact of Object Orientation – Test Cases – Test Plan – Myer’s Debugging
Principles – System Usability and Measuring User Satisfaction : Usability Testing –
User Satisfaction Test ( Test Templates) – Mappingdesign to code.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented Systems Development”, Tata McGraw-Hill,

1999.

2. Craig Larman,"Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to object-

oriented Analysis and Design and iterativedevelopment”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education,2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mike O’Docherty, “Object-Oriented Analysis & Design: Understanding

System Development with UML 2.0”, JohnWiley& Sons, 2005.

2. James W- Cooper, Addison-Wesley, “Java Design Patterns – A Tutorial”,

2000.

Weblinks:

1.https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs48/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Construct the Software Development Process K6

CO2 Analyzeobject oriented design methodologies K5

CO3 Use Attributes and Methods in use case driven approach K3

158
 CO4 Design Object relational and Multidatabase systems K6

CO5 Be Familiar with thetest Cases, test Plan and Myer’s K3

Debugging Principles

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation
 

PEC SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn the basic concepts of Soft Computing
2. To study various Artificial Neural network architectures
3. To learn fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic and fuzzy inference system
4. To understand genetic algorithm for global optimization
5. To learn hybrids of neuro, fuzzy and genetic algorithm, and their
applications.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING 9

159
Introduction: Neural networks – Fuzzy logic – Genetic algorithm – Hybrid systems;
Artificial Neural Network: Fundamental concepts – Evolution of neural networks –
Basic modals of ANN – McCulloch and Pitts neuron – Linear separability – Hebb
network.

UNIT II : SUPERVISED, UNSUPERVISED, AND ASSOCIATIVE

LEARNING NETWORKS 9

Supervised Learning Network: Perceptron networks – Adaptive linear neuron –

Multiple adaptive linear neurons – Back propagation networks – Radial bias
function network; Associative Memory Networks: Autoassociative memory network
– Bidirectional associative memory – Hopfield networks; Unspervised Learning
Networks: Hamming network – Kohonen neural network – Learning vector
quantization – Adaptive resonance theory networks.

UNIT III : FUZZY SYSTEMS 9

Introduction to fuzzy logic – Classical sets – Fuzzy sets – Fuzzy relations –

Membership functions – Defuzzification methods – Fuzzy arithmetic – Fuzzy
measures – Fuzzy rule base and approximate reasoning – Fuzzy decision making.

UNIT IV : GENETIC ALGORITHMS 9

Genetic Algorithm and search space – General genetic algorithm – Operators –

Stopping condition – Constraints – Classification – Genetic programming;
Applications of genetic algorithm.

UNIT V : HYBRID SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES &

APPLICATIONS 9

Neuro-Fuzzy hybrid systems – Genetic neuro hybrid systems – Genetic fuzzy hybrid
and fuzzy genetic hybrid systems; Applications of Soft Computing: A fusion
approach of multispectral images with SAR – Optimization of Traveling Salesman
Problem using genetic algorithm – Soft computing based hybrid fuzzy controllers.

Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS

1. S N Sivanandam, S N Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India,

2nd Edition, 2011.

2. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun, EijiMizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and

Soft Computing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.

REFERENCES

1. Kwang H Lee, “First course on Fuzzy Theory and Applications”, Springer,

160
 2005.

2. George J Klir, Bo Yuan, “Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic-Theory and

Applications”, Prentice Hall, 1996.

3. James A Freeman, David M Skapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms,

Applications, and Programming Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 2003.

4. S Rajasekaran, G A VijayalakshmiPai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and

Genetic Algorithm, Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Learning, 2017.

5. N P Padhy, S P Simon, “Soft Computing with MATLAB Programming”,

Oxford University Press, 2015.

Weblinks:

1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105173/

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Understand various soft computing techniques K2

CO2 Design and develop different neural network algorithms K3

CO3 Analyse and apply fuzzy logic and fuzzy inference system K3

CO4 Solve problems using Genetic Algorithms K3

CO5 Apply various soft computing techniques for complex problems K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO5 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 3 -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

161
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

 

PEC SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the phases in a software project

• To understand the fundamental concepts of requirements engineering and

Analysis Modeling.

• To understand the various software design methodologies

• To learn various testing and maintenance measures

UNIT I : SOFTWARE PROCESS AND AGILE DEVELOPMENT 9

Introduction to Software Engineering, Software Process, Perspective and

Specialized Process Models – Introduction to Agility-Agile process-Extreme
programming-XP Process.

UNIT II : REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND SPECIFICATION 9

Software Requirements: Functional and Non-Functional, User requirements, System

requirements, Software Requirements Document – Requirement Engineering
Process: Feasibility Studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis, requirements
validation, requirements management-Classical analysis: Structured system
Analysis, PetriNets- Data Dictionary.

UNIT III : SOFTWARE DESIGN 9

Design process – Design Concepts-Design Model– Design Heuristic – Architectural

Design -Architectural styles, Architectural Design, Architectural Mapping using
Data Flow- User Interface Design: Interface analysis, Interface Design –Component
level Design: Designing Class based components, traditional Components.

UNIT IV : TESTING AND MAINTENANCE 9

Software testing fundamentals-Internal and external views of Testing-white box

testing – basis path testing-control structure testing-black box testing- Regression

162
Testing – Unit Testing – Integration Testing – Validation Testing – System Testing
And Debugging –Software Implementation Techniques: Coding practices-
Refactoring-Maintenance and Reengineering-BPR model-Reengineering process
model-Reverse and Forward Engineering.

UNIT V : PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9

Software Project Management: Estimation – LOC, FP Based Estimation, Make/Buy

Decision COCOMO I & II Model – Project Scheduling – Scheduling, Earned Value
Analysis Planning – Project Plan, Planning Process, RFP Risk Management –
Identification, Projection – Risk Management-Risk Identification- RMMM Plan-
CASE TOOLS

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Roger S. Pressman, ―Software Engineering – A Practitioner‟s Approach,

Seventh Edition, Mc Graw- Hill International Edition, 2010.

2. Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Pearson Education

Asia, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rajib Mall, ―Fundamentals of Software Engineering‖, Third Edition, PHI

Learning PrivateLimited, 2009.

2. Pankaj Jalote, ―Software Engineering, A Precise Approach‖, Wiley India,

2010.

3. Kelkar S.A., ―Software Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2007.

4. Stephen R.Schach, ―Software Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited,2007.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs68/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Identify the key activities in managing a software project K2

CO2 Compare different process models K4

CO3 Apply systematic procedure for software design and K3

deployment

163
 CO4 Compare and contrast the various testing and maintenance K4

CO5 Manage project schedule, estimate project cost and effort K3

required

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 3

CO4 2 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration / Presentati

 

PEC SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

• To understand the basic knowledge of software management principles.

• To familiarize in choosing an appropriate project development methodology

and identifying project risks, monitoring and tracking project deadlines.

• To develop the capability to work in a team environment and be aware of

different modes of communications.
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9

164
Project Definition – Contract Management – Activities Covered by Software Project
Management – Plans, Methods and Methodologies – Management – Objectives –
Stakeholders – Requirement Specification – Management control – Activities
Covered By Software Project Management – Overview Of Project Planning –
Stepwise Project Planning.

UNIT II : PROJECT EVALUATION 9

Strategic Assessment – Technical Assessment – Cost Benefit Analysis –Cash Flow

Forecasting – Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques : Net Profit – Payback Period –
Return on Investment – Net Present Value – Internal Rate of Return – Risk
Evaluation : Identification and Ranking – Cost-benefit Analysis – Risk Profile
Analysis – Using Decision Trees.

UNIT III : ACTIVITY PLANNING 9

Objectives – Project Schedule – Sequencing and Scheduling Activities –Network

Planning Models – Forward Pass – Backward Pass – Activity Float – Shortening
Project Duration – Activity on Arrow Networks – Risk Management – Nature Of
Risk – Types Of Risk – Managing Risk – Hazard Identification – Hazard Analysis –
Risk Planning and Control.

UNIT IV : MONITORING AND CONTROL 9

Creating Framework – Collecting The Data – Visualizing Progress – Cost

Monitoring – Earned Value Analysis – Prioritizing Monitoring – Getting Project
Back to Target – Change Control – Managing Contracts – Introduction – Types Of
Contract – Stages In Contract Placement – Typical Terms Of A Contract – Contract
Management – Acceptance.

UNIT V : MANAGING PEOPLE AND ORGANIZING TEAMS 9

Introduction – Understanding Behavior – Organizational Behaviour : a Background

– Selecting The Right Person For The Job – Instruction In The Best Methods –
Motivation– The Oldman – Hackman Job Characteristics Model – Working In
Groups – Becoming A Team –Decision Making – Leadership – Organizational
Structures – Stress –Health and Safety – Case Studies.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOK:

1. Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, “Software Project Management”, Third Edition,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

165
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Ramesh, Gopalaswamy, "Managing Global Projects", Tata McGraw Hill,

2001.

2. Royce, “Software Project Management”, Pearson Education, 1999.

3. Jalote, “Software Project Manangement in Practive”, Pearson Education,

2002.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs70/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Determine the Plans, Methods and Methodologies of Software K5

project Management

CO2 Assess the project evaluation techniques based on cost and risk K5

CO3 Elaborate the Sequencing and Scheduling Activities & Hazards K6

CO4 Examine the Stages In Contract Placement K4

CO5 Organize people in team and develop decision making skills K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

CO5 2 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

166
 End Semester Case
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

    

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

    

PEC SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:

● To understand the quality management processes and to distinguish between

various activities of quality assurance, quality planning and quality control.

● To know the importance of standards in the quality management process and

their impact on the final product.

● To understand the SQA processes from planning till execution.

UNIT I : FUNDAMENTALS OF SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 9

The Role of SQA: Objectives – Benefits – Goals – Role – Process - SQA Plan :
Need and Content of SQA Plan – SQA considerations – SQA people : Roles and
Responsibilities of SQA People – Characteristics of Good SQA Engineer – Quality
Management – Software Configuration Management : SCM Plan – Roles –
Activities – Baselines – Requirement Phase – Implementation Phase.

UNIT II : MANAGING SOFTWARE QUALITY 9

Managing Software Organizations: Commitment – Management System –

Managing Software Quality: Measurement Criteria – Establishing a Software
Quality Program – Estimating Software Quality – Removal Efficiency – Quality
Goals and Plans – Tracking and Controlling Software Quality – Defect Prevention -
Software Quality Assurance Management.

UNIT III : SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE METRICS 9

Software Quality : Views – Measuring Quality – Criteria - Total Quality

Management (TQM) : Principles – Cost – TQM Implementation Approaches –
Ways of Improving Quality – Methods for Generating Ideas – Advantages – Barriers
– Software Quality Metrics: Product Quality – In-Process – Maintenance quality –
Software Quality Metrics Analysis.

167
UNIT IV : SOFTWARE QUALITY PROGRAM 9

Software Quality Program Concepts – Establishment of a Software Quality

Program: Tasks – Scope – Minimal Quality Assurance Effort – Quality Plan –
Software Quality Assurance Planning: An Overview – Purpose & Scope:
Management – Documentation – SPCM – Reviews and Audits – Validation,
Verification and Testing – Problem Reporting.

UNIT V : SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE STANDARDIZATION 9

Software Standards–ISO 9000 Quality System Standards : Process Model -

Capability Maturity Model and the Role of SQA in Software Development Maturity
– SEI CMM Level 5 –Comparison of ISO 9000 Model with SEI’s CMM : Model
Orientation – ISO 9000 Weaknesses – CMM Weaknesses - SPICE ( Software
Process Improvement and Capability Determination).

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mordechai Ben-Menachem / Garry S Marliss, “Software Quality”, Vikas

Publishing House, Pvt, Ltd., New Delhi.(UNIT III to V), 2007.

2. Watts S Humphrey, “ Managing the Software Process”, Pearson Education

Inc. (UNIT I and II)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Gordon G Schulmeyer, “Handbook of Software Quality Assurance”, Third

Edition, Artech House Publishers 2007.

2. Nina S Godbole, “Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice”,

Alpha Science International, Ltd, 2004.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101163

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Identify the roles and responsibilities of
CO1 K3
SQA (software quality assurance)people

168
 Create and apply a software quality assurance plan for
CO2 all software projects. K5

Maintain appropriate metrics to measure and maintain

CO3 K6
quality

Facilitate inspections, product reviews, walk-throughs,

CO4 K5
and audits.

Discuss the roles of SQA in software development

CO5 K6
maturity models

Mapping of course outcomes to program outcomes:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

Avg 2.6 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies
    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test
    

169
 PEC SOFTWARE TESTING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To learn the principles of validation testing, defect testing, system and

component testing

 To understand the strategies for generating system test cases

 To understand the essential characteristics of tool used for test automation

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Testing as an Engineering Activity – Role of Process in Software Quality – Testing

as a Process – Basic Definitions – Software Testing Principles – The Tester’s Role
in a Software Development Organization – Origins of Defects – Defect Classes –
The Defect Repository and Test Design – Defect Examples –

Developer/Tester Support for Developing a Defect Repository.

UNIT II : TEST CASE DESIGN 9

Introduction to Testing Design Strategies – The Smarter Tester – Test Case Design
Strategies – Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design Random Testing –
Requirements based testing – positive and negative testing -–– Boundary Value
Analysis – decision tables - Equivalence Class Partitioning state- based testing–
cause effect graphing – error guessing - compatibility testing – user documentation
testing – domain testing Using White–Box Approach to Test design – Test
Adequacy Criteria –static testing vs. structural testing – code functional testing -
Coverage and Control Flow Graphs – Covering Code Logic – Paths – Their Role in
White–box Based Test Design – code complexity testing – Evaluating

Test Adequacy Criteria.

UNIT III : LEVELS OF TESTING 9

The Need for Levels of Testing – Unit Test – Unit Test Planning –Designing the
Unit Tests. The Test Harness – Running the Unit tests and Recording results –
Integration tests – Designing Integration Tests – Integration Test Planning – scenario
testing – defect bash elimination -System Testing – types of system testing -
Acceptance testing –performance testing - Regression Testing – internationalization
testing – ad-hoc testing -Alpha – Beta Tests – testing OO systems – usability and
accessibility testing

170
UNIT IV : TEST MANAGEMENT 9

People and organizational issues in testing – organization structures for testing teams
–testing services - Test Planning – Test Plan Components – Test Plan Attachments –
Locating Test Items – test management – test process - Reporting Test Results – The
role of three groups in Test Planning and Policy Development – Introducing the
testspecialist – Skills needed by a test specialist – Building a Testing Group.

UNIT V : CONTROLLING AND MONITORING 9

Software test automation – skills needed for automation – scope of automation –

design and architecture for automation – requirements for a test tool – challenges in
automation- Test metrics and measurements –project, progress and productivity
metrics – Status Meetings – Reports and Control Issues – Criteria for Test
Completion – SCM – Types of reviews – Developing a review program –
Components of Review Plans– Reporting Review Results. – evaluating software
quality – defect prevention – testing maturity Model.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “ Software Testing –

Principles and Practices”, Pearson education, 2006.

2. Aditya P.Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing”, Pearson

Education,2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques”, Second Edition, Dreamtech,

2003

2. Elfriede Dustin, “Effective Software Testing”, First Edition, Pearson

Education, 2003.

3. Renu Rajani, Pradeep Oak, “Software Testing – Effective Methods, Tools

and Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Weblinks:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101163

COURSE OUTCOMES

171
 CO1 Identify the defects by applying the testing principles K3

CO2 Develop test strategies and test cases to prioritize and execute them K6

CO3 Apply the testing techniques in an effective manner K3

CO4 Design and implement comprehensive test plans K6

CO5 Assess the various test metrics and measurements. K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

    

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PEC SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the relationship between system software and machine

architecture.

 To know the design and implementation of assemblers, linkers and loaders.

 To understand the macroprocessors, system software tools and internal

working of hardware and software interface of a typical system.

172
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

System software and machine architecture – The Simplified Instructional Computer

(SIC) Machine architecture: Memory- Registers-Data and instruction formats -
addressing modes -instruction sets – Input / Output – SIC/XE Machine Architecture:
Memory-Registers- Data and instruction formats - addressing modes -instruction
sets – Input / Output – Programming examples.

UNIT II : ASSEMBLERS 8

Basic assembler functions : A simple SIC assembler – Assembler algorithm and data
structures - Machine dependent assembler features : Instruction formats and
addressing modes – Program relocation - Machine independent assembler features :
Literals –Symbol-defining statements – Expressions – Assembler Design Options :
One pass assemblers and Multi pass assemblers - Implementation example : MASM
assembler.

UNIT III : LOADERS AND LINKERS 8

Basic loader functions: Design of an Absolute Loader – A Simple Bootstrap Loader

-Machine dependent loader features: Relocation – Program Linking – Algorithm and
Data Structures for a Linking Loader - Machine independent loader features:
Automatic Library Search – Loader Options - Loader design options: Linkage
Editors - Dynamic Linking – Bootstrap Loaders.

UNIT IV : MACRO PROCESSORS & VIRTUAL MACHINES 10

Basic macro processor functions : Macro Definition and Expansion – Macro

Processor Algorithm and data structures - Machine-Independent Macro Processor
Features : Concatenation of Macro Parameters – Generation of Unique Labels –
Conditional Macro Expansion – Keyword Macro Parameters - Macro within Macro -
Implementation example : MASM Macro Processor - Introduction to Virtual
Machines (VM) – Computer Architecture- Virtual machine basics – Process virtual
machines – System virtual machines

UNIT V : SYSTEM SOFTWARE TOOLS 10

Database Management Systems : Basic concept of a DBMS – Levels of Data

Description – Use of a DBMS

- Text editors : Overview of the Editing Process - User Interface – Editor Structure -
Interactive debugging systems: Debugging functions and capabilities – Relationship
with other parts of the system – User Interface Criteria- Instruction Set Issues –
Profiling – Code optimization.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

173
Text Books:

1: Leland L. Beck, “System Software – An Introduction to Systems

Programming”, 3rd Edition, Pearson education Asia, 2006.

2: John R. Levine, “Linkers & Loaders”, Morgan Kauffman, 2003.

Reference Books:

1: John J. Donovan “Systems Programming”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2000.

2: D. M. Dhamdhere, “Systems Programming and Operating Systems”, Second

Revised Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

3: John R. Levine, Linkers & Loaders – Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2000. 4:Srimanta Pal, “Systems Programming “
,Oxford University Press, 2011.

Weblinks:

1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM1/noc18-cs05/

COURSE OUTCOMES

After completion of course, students would be able to:

CO1 Demonstrate the machine architecture of SIC and SIC/XE. K4

CO2 Identify the different assembler modes and features. K6

CO3 Analyse different loaders with various linkage methods. K4

CO4 Identify the functionalities of macro processing and analyse the K6
virtual machine imeplementation.
CO5 Apply the basic concepts of data base management systems with K5
programming coding standards.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1

CO2 2 1 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 3

174
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 3 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /

Presentation

 

PEC USER INTERFACE DESIGN 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To gain knowledge about how to create a User Interface, how to use different
type of controls, Menu usage.

 To learn different types and components, different methodologies used to

implement User Interface and how to use multimedia, prototypes and
analyzing different types of testing

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Human Computer Interface – A brief History of Screen Design - Characteristics Of

Graphics Interface – Direct Manipulation Graphical System – Web User Interface –
Popularity –Characteristic of Web Interface Principles of User Interface Design

UNIT II : HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION 9

User Interface Design Process – Obstacles –Usability –Human Characteristics In

Design – Human Interaction Speed–Business Functions and Requirement Analysis :
Direct Methods and Indirect Methods – Basic Business Functions -Design Standards
– System Training – Structures Of Menus – Functions Of Menus–Contents Of
Menu– Formatting-Phrasing The Menu – Selecting Menu Choice–navigating
Menus– Kinds of Graphical Menus.

UNIT III : WINDOWS 9

Window Characteristics– Components– Presentation Styles– Types– Managements–

Organizations– Operations– Web Systems– Device Based Controls Characteristics–

175
Screen Based Controls Characteristics – Operate Control – Text Entry Controls –
Selection Control–Combination Control– Custom Control– Presentation Control.

UNIT IV : MULTIMEDIA 9

Text For Web Pages – Providing the Proper Feedback– Guidance & Assistance–
International Consideration – Accessibility– Icons– Image– Multimedia – Coloring.

UNIT V : WINDOWS LAYOUT– TEST 9

Prototypes – Kinds Of Tests – Analyze ,Modify and Retest – Evaluating the

Working System - Information Search – Visualization –Hypermedia – Software
Tools : Interface Design Tools, Software Testing Tools

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1: Wilbent. O. Galitz ,“The Essential Guide To User Interface Design”, John

Wiley& Sons, 2007.

2: Ben Sheiderman, “Design The User Interface”, Pearson Education, 2008.

REFERENCES:

1: Alan Cooper, “The Essential Of User Interface Design”, Wiley – Dream Tech
Ltd.,2002

Web Links:

L1: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ar05/preview

L2: https://www.coursera.org/specializations/user-interface-design

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Identify the concept of Human Computer Interface and Direct

CO1 K4
Manipulation Graphical System.

CO2 Discuss User Interface Design Process, Obstacles andUsability K6

Compare Window Characteristics, Presentation Styles, Organizations

CO3 K4
andOperations

CO4 Discuss International Consideration and Accessibility ofmultimedia K6

CO5 Analyze the concept of Visualization and Hypermedia K5

176
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO2 1 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

 

PEC VIRTUAL REALITY 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To understand geometric modeling and Virtual environment.
 To study about Virtual Hardware and Software
 To develop Virtual Reality applications
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY 9

Virtual Reality & Virtual Environment : Introduction – Computer graphics – Real

time computer graphics

–Flight Simulation – Virtual environments –requirement – benefits of virtual reality-

Historical development of VR : Introduction-Scientific Landmark -3D Computer
Graphics :Introduction – The Virtual world space – positioning the virtual observer

177
– the perspective projection – human vision – stereo perspective projection – 3D
clipping – Colour theory – Simple 3D modeling – Illumination models – Reflection
models – Shading algorithms- Radiosity – Hidden Surface Removal – Realism-
Stereographic image.

UNIT II : GEOMETRIC MODELLING 9

Geometric Modeling: Introduction – From 2D to 3D – 3D space curves – 3D

boundary representation - Geometrical Transformations: Introduction – Frames of
reference – Modeling transformations – Instances –Picking – Flying – Scaling the
VE – Collision detection - A Generic VR system: Introduction – The virtual
environment – the Computer environment – VR Technology – Model of interaction
– VR Systems.

UNIT III : VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENT 9

Animating the Virtual Environment: Introduction – The dynamics of numbers –

Linear and Non-linear interpolation - The animation of objects – linear and
nonlinear translation - shape & object inbetweening

– free from deformation – particle system- Physical Simulation : Introduction –

Objects falling in a gravitational field – Rotating wheels – Elastic collisions –
projectiles – simple pendulum – springs – Flight dynamics of an aircraft.

UNIT IV : VR HARDWARES & SOFTWARES 9

Human factors : Introduction – the eye - the ear- the somatic senses - VR Hardware :
Introduction – sensor hardware - Head-coupled displays –Acoustic hardware –
Integrated VR systems-VR Software: Introduction –Modeling virtual world –
Physical simulation- VR toolkits – Introduction to VRML.

UNIT V : VR APPLICATION 9

Virtual Reality Applications: Introduction – Engineering – Entertainment – Science

– Training – The Future: Introduction – Virtual environments – modes of
interaction.

TOTAL HOURS: 45

TEXT BOOK :

1: John Vince, “Virtual Reality Systems “, Pearson Education Asia, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1: Adams, “Visualizations of Virtual Reality”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

178
2: Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet , “Virtual Reality Technology”, Wiley
Interscience, 2nd Edition, 2006.

3: William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig, “Understanding Virtual Reality:

Interface, Application, and Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

Web Links:

L1: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106138

L2: www.vresources.org

L3: www.vrac.iastate.edu

L4: www.w3.org/MarkUp/VRML

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

CO1 Assess the concept of Virtual Reality, Virtual Environment K4

and 3D Computer Graphics Shading algorithms

CO2 Explain Geometric Modelling Know ,Geometric K6

Transformations and Generic VR system

CO3 Appraise the details of Physical Simulation in Virtual K4

Environment

CO4 Explain Integrated VR systems, VR Software and VRML K6

CO5 Develop a Virtual Reality Applications with different modes K5

of interaction

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 - 2 3 2

179
 CO5 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    

Demonstration /
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation

 

PEC AGILE METHODOLOGIES 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To provide students with a theoretical as well as practical understanding of

agile software development practices and how small teams can apply them to
create high-quality software.

 To provide a good understanding of software design and a set of software

technologies and APIs.

 To do a detailed examination and demonstration of Agile development and

testing techniques.

 To understand the benefits and pitfalls of working in an Agile team.

 To understand Agile development and testing.

180
UNIT I : AGILE METHODOLOGY 9

Theories for Agile Management – Agile Software Development – Traditional

Model vs. Agile Model - Classification of Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and
Principles – Agile Project Management – Agile Team Interactions – Ethics in Agile
Teams - Agility in Design, Testing – Agile Documentations – Agile Drivers,
Capabilities and Values

UNIT II : AGILE PROCESSES 9

Lean Production - SCRUM, Crystal, Feature Driven Development- Adaptive

Software Development - Extreme Programming: Method Overview – Lifecycle –
Work Products, Roles and Practices.

UNIT III : AGILITY AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 9

Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making - Earl‘S Schools of KM –

Institutional Knowledge Evolution Cycle – Development, Acquisition, Refinement,
Distribution, Deployment , Leveraging – KM in Software Engineering – Managing
Software Knowledge – Challenges of Migrating to Agile Methodologies – Agile
Knowledge Sharing – Role of Story-Cards – Story-Card Maturity Model (SMM).

UNIT IV : AGILITY AND REQUIREMENTS 9

ENGINEERING

Impact of Agile Processes in RE–Current Agile Practices – Variance – Overview of

RE Using Agile – Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements Elicitation –
Agile Requirements Abstraction Model – Requirements Management in Agile
Environment, Agile Requirements Prioritization – Agile Requirements Modeling
and Generation – Concurrency in Agile Requirements Generation.

UNIT V : AGILITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 9

Agile Product Development – Agile Metrics – Feature Driven Development (FDD) –

Financial and Production Metrics in FDD – Agile Approach to Quality Assurance - Test
Driven Development – Agile Approach in Global Software Development.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

T2: David J. Anderson and Eli Schragenheim, “Agile Management for Software
Engineering: Applying the Theory of Constraints for Business Results”,

181
 Prentice Hall, 2003.

T3: Hazza and Dubinsky, “Agile Software Engineering, Series: Undergraduate

Topics in Computer Science”, Springer, 2009.

Reference Books:

R4: Craig Larman, “Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager‘s Guide”,

Addison-Wesley, 2004.

R5: Kevin C. Desouza, “Agile Information Systems: Conceptualization,

Construction, and Management”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2007.

Web Links:

1. https://www.guru99.com/scrum-testing-beginner-guide.html

2. https://www.inflectra.com/Ideas/Whitepaper/Introduction%20to%20Agile%20D
evelopment%2 0 Methods.aspx

COURSE OUTCOMES

Realize the importance of interacting with business

CO1 stakeholders in determining the requirements for a software K4
system

Perform iterative software development processes: how to

CO2 K3
plan them, how to execute them.

Point out the impact of social aspects on software

CO3 K1
development success

Develop techniques and tools for improving team

CO4 K6
collaboration and software quality.

Perform Software process improvement as an ongoing task

CO5 K3
for development teams.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

182
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 1 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

    

PEC INFORMATION SECURITY 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
• To understand the basics of Information Security and to know the legal,
ethical and professional issues in Information Security.

• To know the aspects of risk management and to become aware of various

standards and the technological aspects of Information Security.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9
Information security: Definition, History, Critical Characteristics of Information-
NSTISSC Security Model- Components of an Information System- Securing the
Components-Balancing Security and Access-The System Development Life Cycle-
The Security System Development Life Cycle

UNIT II : SECURITY INVESTIGATION 9

Need for Security- Business Needs: protecting the functionality of an organization,
enabling the safe operation of an application, protecting the data that organization
collects and use, safeguarding technology assets in organization- Threats-Attacks-
Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues: Law and ethics in Information security,
relevant U.S Laws, International laws and legal bodies, ethics and information
security, codes of ethics and professional organization.

UNIT III : SECURITY ANALYSIS 9

183
Risk Management: Introduction- Risk Identification: plan and organize the process,
asset identification and inventory, classifying and prioritizing information assets,
information assets valuation, identifying and prioritizing threats, vulnerability
identification and Assessing Risk, Assessing and Controlling Risk

UNIT IV : LOGICAL DESIGN 9

Blueprint for Security- Information Security Policy, Standards and Practices-

ISO17799/BS 7799-NIST Models-VISA International Security Model- Design of
Security Architecture- Planning for Continuity: Business impact analysis, incident
response planning, disaster recovery planning, business continuity planning, crisis
management, model for a consolidated contingency plan, law enforcement
involvement.

UNIT V : PHYSICAL DESIGN 9

Security Technology- IDS- Scanning and Analysis Tools-Cryptography: Foundation

of cryptology, cipher methods, cryptographic algorithms, cryptographic tools,
protocols for secure communications, attacks on cryptosystems- Access Control
Devices- Physical Security-Security and Personnel

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOK:

1. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, “Principles of Information

Security”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Micki Krause, Harold F. Tipton, “ Handbook of Information Security

Management”, Vol 1-3 CRC Press LLC, 2004.

2. Stuart Mc Clure, Joel Scrambray, George Kurtz, “Hacking Exposed”, Tata

McGraw- Hill, 2003

3. Matt Bishop, “Computer Security Art and Science”, Pearson/PHI, 2002

Web Links:

1. http://web.cse.ohio-state.edu/~champion.17/4471/

2. https://slideplayer.com/slide/4409575/

COURSE OUTCOMES:

184
At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level
Discuss the development Life Cycle and components of
CO1 K6
the information security system
Assess the protection of functionalities in an
CO2 K5
organization with Ethical and Professional Issues
Examine the information assets Risk Assessment and
CO3 K4
Controlling of Risk
Evaluate the Standards and Practices of various security
CO4 K5
models with Planning for Continuity
Elaborate Scanning and Analysis Tools and
CO5 K6
cryptographic algorithms

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation

 

185
 PEC SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To learn about the use and application of SDN in Data centers
 To understand the separation of the data plane and the control plane
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

History of Software Defined Networking (SDN) – Modern Data Center – Traditional

Switch Architecture – Why SDN – Evolution of SDN – How SDN Works – Centralized
and Distributed Control and Date Planes

UNIT II : OPEN FLOW & SDN CONTROLLERS 9

Open Flow Specification – Drawbacks of Open SDN, SDN via APIs, SDN via
Hypervisor-Based Overlays – SDN via Opening up the Device – SDN Controllers –
General Concepts

UNIT III : DATA CENTERS 9

Multitenant and Virtualized Multitenant Data Center – SDN Solutions for the Data
Center Network – VLANs – EVPN – VxLAN – NVGRE

UNIT IV : SDN PROGRAMMING 9

Programming SDNs: Northbound Application Programming Interface, Current

Languages and Tools, Composition of SDNs – Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)
and Software Defined Networks: Concepts, Implementation and Applications.

UNIT V : SDN 9

Juniper SDN Framework – IETF SDN Framework – Open Daylight Controller –

Floodlight Controller – Bandwidth Calendaring – Data Center Orchestration
TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, ―SDN: Software Defined Networks,

O'Reilly Media, 2013.

2. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, ―Software Defined Networks: A

Comprehensive Approach, First Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.

186
Reference Books:

1. Siamak Azodolmolky, ―Software Defined Networking with Open Flow,

Packet Publishing, 2013.

2. Vivek Tiwari, ―SDN and Open Flow for Beginners, Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., 2013.

Web Links:

1. https://opennetworking.org/wp-N_ARCH_1.0_06062014.pdfOnline

2. https://www.ciena.com/insights/what-is/What-Is-SDN.html

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Integrating the conventional networking approaches with SDN K3

CO2 Articulate the design of open flow specification of SDN via K3

Hypervisor

CO3 Hypothesizing the Virtualized Multitenant Data Center SDN K5

and VxLAN

CO4 Implementing the Composition of SDNs in python K3

programming

CO5 Mind mapping the view of IETF SDN Framework and Data K4
Center Orchestration

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2

187
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case

Exam Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

 

PEC BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGIES 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To introduce Bit coin and other crypto currencies

 To study the algorithms and techniques in block chain

 To understand the practical aspects in the design of crypto currency

 To understand the function of Block chains as a method of securing

distributed ledgers

 To design, code, deploy and execute a smart contract

UNIT I : Introduction to Block chain 9

Basics of blockchain-Public Ledgers-Block Chain as Public Ledgers-Types of Block

chains- Pillars of Block chain-Government Initiatives of Block Chain-Bitcoin- Smart
Contracts

UNIT II : Architecture and Conceptualization of Block Chain, 9

Crypto Currencies

Block in a Block chain-find Transactions-Distributed Consensus-Proof of work,

Stake, Space-Attacks on POW-Ethereum-Pos/POW Hybrids-Crypto currency to
block chain 2.0, Model of Blockchain-Algorand

UNIT III : Crypto Primitives, Securing and Interconnecting Public 9

and Private Block Chains

Hash Function and Merle Tree-Security Properties-Security Considerations for

block chain-Digital Signature-Public Key Cryptography-Bit coin block chain
incentive structures- Nash Equilibriums- evolutionary stable strategies,-and Pareto-
efficiency (game theory) Weaknesses and news Points of Failure- Mitigation

188
Methods-Redundancies and fall-back methods

UNIT IV : Mining and Crypto Currencies - How to use and Interact 9

Mining-Pools-Impact of CPU and GPU-Transaction in Bit coin Network- Block

Mining-Block propagation

and block relay

UNIT V : Blockchain Use Cases-Applications in Different Areas 9

Industry applications of Blockchain - Blockchain in Government-Government use

cases-Preventing

Cybercrime through block chain-Block Chain in defense, tax payments

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1. Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies, by Andreas

Antonopoulos O’Reilly, First Edition, 2014.

2. Blockchain by Melanie Swa, O’Reilly Media 2015

3. Zero to Block chain - An IBM Redbooks course, by Bob Dill, David Smits

Reference Books:

1. The Basics of Bitcoins and Blockchains: An Introduction to Crypto

currencies and the Technology that Powers Them, 2018 by Antony Lewis

2. The Truth Machine: The Blockchain and the Future of Everything Paperback
– 5 March 2019

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs01/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Explain the structure of a block chain K5

CO2 Analyze the incentive structure in a block chain based system K4

CO3 Judge the scenario where “smart” contract is most appropriate K5

CO4 Identify basic knowledge of Bitcoin, Ethereum K3

CO5 Apply Blockchain in future use cases for security K3

189
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

   

PEC NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES

 To learn the fundamentals of natural processing

 To understand the way to measure one or more qualities of an algorithm or a

system

 To gain knowledge of the linguistics concerned with the interactions between

computers and human.

190
UNIT 1 : OVERVIEW AND LANGUAGE MODELLING 9

Overview: Origins and challenges of NLP Language and Grammar-Processing

Indian Languages- NLP Applications Information Retrieval. Language Modeling:
Various Grammar- based Language Models- Statistical Language Model.

UNIT 2 WORD LEVEL ANALYSIS 9

Unsmoothed N-grams, Evaluating N-grams, Smoothing, Interpolation and Backoff –

Word Classes, Part- of-Speech Tagging, Rule-based, Stochastic and Transformation-
based tagging, Issues in PoS tagging – Hidden Markov and Maximum Entropy
models.

UNIT 3 SYNTACTIC ANALYSIS 9

Context-Free Grammars, Grammar rules for English, Treebanks, Normal Forms for
grammar – Dependency Grammar – Syntactic Parsing, Ambiguity, Dynamic
Programming parsing – Shallow parsing – Probabilistic CFG, Probabilistic CYK,
Probabilistic Lexicalized CFGs – Feature structures, Unification of feature
structures.

UNIT 4 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL AND LEXICAL RESOURCES 9

Information Retrieval: Design features of Information Retrieval Systems-Classical,

Non classical, Alternative Models of Information Retrieval – valuation Lexical
Resources: World Net-Frame Net- Stemmers-POS Tagger- Research Corpora.

UNIT 5 DISCOURSE ANALYSIS AND LEXICAL RESOURCES 9

Discourse segmentation, Coherence – Reference Phenomena, Anaphora Resolution

using Hobbs and Centering Algorithm – Coreference Resolution – Resources: Porter
Stemmer, Lemmatizer, Penn Treebank, Brills Tagger, WordNet, PropBank,
FrameNet, Brown Corpus, British National Corpus (BNC). Max.45 Hours

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand NLP problems and survey the literature about that K5
problem
CO2 Understand language modeling K4

CO3 Describe automated natural language generation and machine K5

translation
CO4 Learn the natural language generation. K3

CO5 Analyse the logic and semantics of world knowledge K3

191
TOTAL HOURS -45

TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Richard M Reese, ―Natural Language Processing with Java, OReilly Media,

2015.

2. Nitin Indurkhya and Fred J. Damerau, ―Handbook of Natural Language

Processing, Second Edition,Chapman and Hall/CRC Press, 2010.

3. Daniel Jurafsky, James H. Martin―Speech and Language Processing: An

Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and
Speech, Pearson Publication, 2014.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs56/preview

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

P01 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 3 2

CO3 2 3 1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - -

CO4 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 - - - -

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test

 

192
 PEC APPLICATIONS OF AI 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To give deep knowledge of AI and how AI can be applied in various fields to

make the life easy

UNIT I : 9

Linguistic aspects of natural language processing, A.I. And Quantum Computing,

Applications of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in business.

UNIT II : 9

Emotion Recognition using human face and body language, AI based system to
predict the diseases early, Smart Investment analysis, AI in Sales and Customer
Support

UNIT III : 9

Robotic Processes Automation for supply chain management.

UNIT IV : 9

AI-Optimized Hardware, Digital Twin i.e. AI Modelling, Information Technology &

Security using AI.

UNIT V : 9

Recent Topics in AI/ML: AI/ML in Smart solutions, AI/ML in Social Problems

handling, Block chain and AI.

TOTAL :45 hours

Text Books:

T1: Sameer Dhanrajani, AI and Analytics, Accelerating Business Decisions, John

Wiley & Sons.

T2: Life 3.0: Being Human in the Age of Artificial Intelligence by Max
Tegmark, published July 2018.

T3: Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow by Yuval Noah Harari, published
March 2017.

T4: Artificial Intelligence in Practice: How 50 Successful Companies Used AI

and Machine Learning to Solve Problems, Bernard Marr, Matt Ward, Wiley.

193
Reference Books:

R1: Somogyi, Zoltán. The Application of Artificial Intelligence: Step-by-Step Guide

from Beginner to Expert. Switzerland, Springer International Publishing, 2022.

R2: Artificial Intelligence Applications in Information and

CommunicationTechnologies. Germany, Springer International Publishing, 2015.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102220

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of K3

artificial intelligence (AI) and its foundations.

CO2 To apply the Basic Concepts of Machine Learning K4

CO3 To build various machine learning algorithms using Linear K5

models

CO4 To apply ML techniques to application and evaluate the models K4

CO5 Apply basic principles of AI and ML in solutions that require K4

problem solving, inference, perception, knowledge
representation, and learning.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

2.8 2.6 2.6 2.2 2.4 - - - - - - - 2 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

194
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test

    

EC INFORMATION SECURITY ANALYSIS AND 3 0 0 3

AUDIT

Course Objectives
1. To introduce system security related incidents and insight on potential
defenses, counter measures against common threat/vulnerabilities.
2. To provide the knowledge of installation, configuration and
troubleshooting of information security devices.
3. To make students familiarize on the tools and common processes in
information security audits and analysis of compromised systems.

UNIT 1 : Information Security Fundamentals 9

Definitions & challenges of security, Attacks & services, Security policies, Security
Controls, Access control structures, Cryptography, Deception, Ethical Hacking,
Firewalls, Identify and Access Management (IdAM).
Monitor systems and apply controls, security assessment using automated tools.
UNIT 2 : System Security 9
System Vulnerabilities, Network Security Systems, System Security, System
Security Tools, Web Security, Application Security, Intrusion Detection Systems,
backups of security devices, Performance Analysis, Root cause analysis and
Resolution, Information Security Policies, Procedures, Standards and Guidelines.

UNIT 3 : Incident Management 9

Security requirements, Risk Management, Risk Assessment, Security incident

management, third party security management, Incident Components, Incident
Response Lifecycle, Record, classify and prioritize information security incidents
using standard templates and tools.

UNIT 4 : Conducting Security Audits 9

195
Common issues in audit tasks, Infrastructure and networks, application hosting and
content management, communication routes such as messaging, Features,
configuration and specifications of information security systems and devices,
Common audit techniques, Record and report audit tasks, Methods and techniques
for testing compliance.

UNIT 5 : Information Security Audit Preparation 9

Establish the nature and scope of information security audits, Roles and
responsibilities, Requirements of information security, Best Practices of a
cybersecurity audit, self and work management skills, Self management skills
importance, Why is self management important in the workplace.

Total Hours : 45

Text Book(s)

1. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, Computer Security: Principles and

Practice, 3rd edition, 2014.

2. Nina Godbole, Information Systems Security: Security Management,

Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices, Wiley, 2017

3. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, Cyber Security- Understanding cyber-

crimes, computer forensics and legal perspectives, Wiley Publications,
2016

4. Andrew Vladimirov Michajlowski, Konstantin, Andrew A. Vladimirov,

Konstantin V. Gavrilenko, Assessing Information Security: Strategies,
Tactics, Logic and Framework, IT Governance Ltd, O‘Reilly, 2010.

Reference Books

1. Charles P. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2009.

Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security
Risks, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2004

2. Peter Zor, The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense, Pearson
Education Ltd, 2005Lee Allen, Kevin Cardwell, Advanced Penetration
Testing for Highly-Secur Environments - Second ed Edition, PACKT
Publishers, 2016

3. Chuck Easttom , System Forensics Investigation and Response, Second

Edition, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2014

196
 4. David Kennedy, Jim O‘Gorman, Devon Kearns, and Mati Aharoni,
Metasploit The Penetration Tester‘s Guide, No Starch Press, 2014

5. Practical Malware Analysis by Michael Sikorski and Andrew Honig, No

Starch Press, 2015

Web Links:

https://www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html

https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/detail/sp/800-55/rev-1/final

https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/threats/paper/34180

https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q0901/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Contribute to managing information security K3

CO2 Co-ordinate responses to information security incidents K6

CO3 Develop knowledge, skills and competence in information security K3

CO4 Contribute to information security audits. K6

CO5 Support teams to prepare for and undergo information security audits K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO 4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 0 PO1 1 PO1 2 PSO 1 PSO 2

CO1
2 2 1 0 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1

CO 2
- - - - - -

2 2 1 2 2 0 3 2

CO 3
2 3 1 2 2 0 - - - - - - 3 2

CO 4
- - - - - -

2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3

CO5
2 3 3 3 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

197
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Model End Semester

CAT 1 CAT 2 Assignments Case Studies
Exam Exams

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

PEC INTELLIGENT DATA BASE SYSTEM 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To analyze learning systems.

 To study the Database installation and create databases by using SQL.

 To get exposure to many real-world control problems.

 To determine which type of intelligent system methodology would be suitable

for a given type of application problem.

 To design and create small real time applications.

UNIT I : SEMANTIC DATA MODELS 9

Informal definition of the domain - General characteristics of IDBSs - Data models

and the relational data model - A taxonomy of intelligent database systems. Nested
and semantic data models – Introduction - The nested relational model - Semantic
models - Hyper-semantic data models -

UNIT II : KNOWLEDGE BASED SYSTEMS - AI CONTEXT 9

Characteristics and classification of the knowledge based systems – Introduction -

The resolution principle - Inference by inheritance - Deductive database systems -
Basic concepts - DATALOG language - Deductive database systems and logic
programming systems—differences - Architectural approaches - Research prototypes
- Updates in deductive databases - Integration of deductive database and object
database technologies - Constraint databases.

198
UNIT III : APPLICATIONS IN IDBS 9

Introduction - Temporal databases - Basic concepts - Temporal data models -

Temporal query languages

Internet indexing and retrieval - Basic indexing methods - Search engines or meta
searchers - Internet spiders -

UNIT IV : SEMANTIC DATA MODELING 9

Object oriented approaches to semantic data modeling – Object oriented database

systems – Basic concepts of a core object-oriented data model - Comparison with
other data models.

UNIT V : DATA MINING 9

Data mining - Data mining tasks - Data mining tools - Medical and legal information
systems - Medical

information systems - Legal information systems. Case study: Design and develop a
project using a medical information system

TOTAL HOURS : 45

Text Books:

1 Panos Alexopoulos, "Semantic Modeling For Data: Avoiding Pitfalls And

Breaking Dilemmas", O'Reilly , 2020.

2 N.P. Padhy,"Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems" Oxford Press,

2015.

Reference Books:

1 Elisa Bertino, Barbara Catania, GianPieroZarri, “Intelligent Database

Systems”,Collection ACM Press, 2001.

2 Leondes CT, "Intelligent Knowledge-Based Systems", Kluwer Academic

Publishers, 2005.

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105219
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basic artificial intelligence techniques K3

CO2 Understand the concepts of knowledge-based systems and apply K6

them with AI.

199
CO3 Describe the attributes of knowledge-based systems and the K3
situations to which they are well-suited.

CO4 Apply their knowledge to design solutions to different problems. K6

CO5 Design and develop an intelligent system for a selected K5

application.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3

CO4 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT CAT Model End Semester Assignments Case Studies

1 2 Exam Exams

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

200
 PEC RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the foundations of the recommender system.

 To learn the significance of machine learning and data mining algorithms for
Recommender systems

 To learn about collaborative filtering

 To make students design and implement a recommender system.

 To learn collaborative filtering.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction and basic taxonomy of recommender systems - Traditional and non-

personalized Recommender Systems - Overview of data mining methods for
recommender systems- similarity measures- Dimensionality reduction – Singular
Value Decomposition (SVD)

UNIT II CONTENT-BASED RECOMMENDATION SYSTEMS 9

High-level architecture of content-based systems - Item profiles, Representing item

profiles, Methods for learning user profiles, Similarity-based retrieval, and
Classification algorithms.

UNIT III : COLLABORATIVE FILTERING 9

A systematic approach, Nearest-neighbor collaborative filtering (CF), user-based

and item-based CF, components of neighborhood methods (rating normalization,
similarity weight computation, and neighborhood selection

UNIT IV : ATTACK-RESISTANT RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 9

Introduction – Types of Attacks – Detecting attacks on recommender systems –

Individual attack

– Group attack – Strategies for robust recommender design - Robust

recommendation algorithms.

UNIT V : EVALUATING RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 9

Evaluating Paradigms – User Studies – Online and Offline evaluation – Goals of

201
evaluation design – Design Issues – Accuracy metrics – Limitations of Evaluation
measures

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer, 2016.

2. Dietmar Jannach , Markus Zanker , Alexander Felfernig and Gerhard

Friedrich , Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge University
Press (2011), 1st ed.

3. Francesco Ricci , Lior Rokach , Bracha Shapira , Recommender Sytems

Handbook, 1st ed, Springer (2011),

4. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of massive

datasets, 3rd edition, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of recommender systems K3

CO2 Implement machine-learning and data-mining algorithms in K4

recommender systems data sets.
CO3 Implementation of Collaborative Filtering in carrying out K5
performance evaluation of recommender systems based on various
metrics.
CO4 Design and implement a simple recommender system. K4

CO5 Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems. K4

Mapping of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

202
CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

     

PEC TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 Understand natural language processing basics

 Apply classification algorithms to text documents

 Build question-answering and dialogue systems

 Develop a speech recognition system

 Develop a speech synthesizer

UNIT I : NATURAL LANGUAGE BASICS 9

Foundations of natural language processing – Language Syntax and Structure- Text

Preprocessing and Wrangling – Text tokenization – Stemming – Lemmatization –
Removing stop-words – Feature Engineering for Text representation – Bag of Words
model- Bag of N-Grams model – TF-IDF model.

UNIT II : TEXT CLASSIFICATION 9

Vector Semantics and Embeddings -Word Embeddings - Word2Vec model – Glove

model –FastText model – Overview of Deep Learning models – RNN –
Transformers – Overview of Text summarization and Topic Models

UNIT III: QUESTION ANSWERING AND 9

203
 DIALOGUE SYSTEMS

Information retrieval – IR-based question answering – knowledge-based question

answering –language models for QA – classic QA models – chatbots – Design of
dialogue systems -–evaluating dialogue systems

UNIT IV : TEXT-TO-SPEECH SYNTHESIS 9

Overview. Text normalization. Letter-to-sound. Prosody, Evaluation. Signal
processing -Concatenative and parametric approaches, WaveNet and other deep
learning-based TTS systems

UNIT V : AUTOMATIC SPEECH RECOGNITION 9

Speech recognition: Acoustic modelling – Feature Extraction - HMM, HMM-DNN

systems

Total Hours : 45

TEXTBOOK

1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An

Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics,
and Speech Recognition”, Third Edition, 2022.

REFERENCES:

1. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World

approach to Gaining Actionable insights from your data”, APress,2018.

2. Tanveer Siddiqui, Tiwary U S, “Natural Language Processing and

Information Retrieval”, Oxford University Press, 2008.

3. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana, “Fundamentals

of Speech Recognition” 1st Edition, Pearson, 2009.

4. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing
with Python”,O’REILLY.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Explain existing and emerging deep learning architectures for K3

text and speech processing

CO2 Apply deep learning techniques for NLP tasks, language K5

modelling and machine translation

CO3 Explain coreference and coherence for text processing K4

204
CO4 Build question-answering systems, chatbots and dialogue
systems

CO5 Apply deep learning models for building speech recognition K3

and text-to-speech systems

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model End Semester Assignments Case

Exam Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

  

PEC BUSINESS ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To understand the Analytics Life Cycle.
 To comprehend the process of acquiring Business Intelligence
 To understand various types of analytics for Business Forecasting
 To model the supply chain management for Analytics.

205
  To apply analytics for different functions of a business

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS 9

Analytics and Data Science – Analytics Life Cycle – Types of Analytics – Business
Problem Definition – Data Collection – Data Preparation – Hypothesis Generation
– Modeling – Validation and Evaluation – Interpretation – Deployment and
Iteration

UNIT II : BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 9

206
Data Warehouses and Data Mart - Knowledge Management –Types of Decisions –
Decision Making Process - Decision Support Systems – Business Intelligence –
OLAP – Analytic functions

UNIT III : BUSINESS FORECASTING 9

Introduction to Business Forecasting and Predictive analytics - Logic and Data

Driven Models –

Data Mining and Predictive Analysis Modelling –Machine Learning for Predictive
analytics.

UNIT IV : HR & SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 9

Human Resources – Planning and Recruitment – Training and Development -

Supply chain network - Planning Demand, Inventory and Supply – Logistics –
Analytics applications in HR & Supply Chain - Applying HR Analytics to make a
prediction of the demand for hourly employees for a year.

UNIT V : MARKETING & SALES ANALYTICS 9

Marketing Strategy, Marketing Mix, Customer Behaviour –selling Process – Sales

Planning –Analytics applications in Marketing and Sales - predictive analytics for
customers' behaviour in marketing and sales.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. R. Evans James, Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2017

2. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, Fundamentals of Business Analytics, 2nd

Edition, Wiley, 2016

3. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15th edition, PHI,
2016

4. VSP RAO, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.

5. Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”,3rd Edition,

Pearson Education,2018.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Explain the real world business problems and model with K5
analytical solutions.

CO2: Identify the business processes for extracting Business K4

207
 Intelligence

CO3: Apply predictive analytics for business fore-casting K5

CO4: Apply analytics for supply chain and logistics management K3

CO5: Use analytics for marketing and sales. K3

MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES TO PROGRAM OUTCOMES

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

    

208
PEC IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the basics of image processing techniques for computer vision.

 To learn the techniques used for image pre-processing.

 To discuss the various object detection techniques.

 To understand the various Object recognition mechanisms.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Computer Vision – Image representation and image analysis tasks - Image

representations –digitization – properties – color images – Data structures for Image
Analysis - Levels of image data representation – Traditional and Hierarchical image
data structures.

UNIT II : IMAGE PRE-PROCESSING 9

Local pre-processing - Image smoothing - Edge detectors - Zero-crossings of the

second derivative – Scale in image processing - Canny edge detection - Parametric
edge models – Edges in multi-speralct images - Local pre-processing in the
frequency domain - Line detection by local pre-processing operators - Image
restoration.

UNIT III : OBJECT DETECTION USING MACHINE LEARNING 9

Object detection– Object detection methods – Deep Learning framework for Object
detection– bounding box approach-Intersection over Union (IoU) –Deep Learning
Architectures-R-CNN-Faster R-CNN-You Only Look Once(YOLO)-Salient
features-Loss Functions-YOLO architectures
UNIT IV : FACE RECOGNITION AND GESTURE RECOGNITION 9

Face Recognition-Introduction-Applications of Face Recognition-Process of Face

Recognition-Deep Face solution by Facebook-FaceNet for Face Recognition-
Implementation using FaceNet-Gesture Recognition.

UNIT V : VIDEO ANALYTICS 9

Video Processing – use cases of video analytics-Vanishing Gradient and exploding

gradient problem-RestNet architecture-RestNet and skip connections-Inception
Network-GoogleNet architecture-Improvement in Inception v2-Video analytics-
RestNet and Inception v3.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

209
TEXT BOOK:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis,
and Machine Vision”, 4nd edition, Thomson Learning, 2013.

2. Vaibhav Verdhan,(2021, Computer Vision Using Deep Learning Neural

Network Architectures with Python and Keras,Apress 2021(UNIT-III,IV and
V)

REFERENCES

1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer

Verlag London Limited,2011.

2. Caifeng Shan, FatihPorikli, Tao Xiang, Shaogang Gong, “Video Analytics

for Business Intelligence”, Springer, 2012.

4. D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach”, Pearson

Education, 2003.

5. E.R.Davies, (2012), “Computer & Machine Vision”, Fourth Edition,

Academic Press.

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the basics of image processing techniques for K2,

computer vision and video analysis. K3

CO2 Explain the techniques used for image pre-processing. K3, K6

CO3 Develop various object detection techniques. K4

CO4 Understand the various face recognition mechanisms. K5

CO5 Elaborate on deep learning-based video analytics. K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

CO4 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 0 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

210
 CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case
Exams Studies

   

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

  

PEC COMPUTER VISION 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the fundamental concepts related to Image formation and

processing.

 To learn feature detection, matching and detection

 To become familiar with feature based alignment and motion estimation

 To develop skills on 3D reconstruction

 To understand image based rendering and recognition

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE FORMATION AND PROCESSING 9

Computer Vision - Geometric primitives and transformations - Photometric image

formation – The digital camera - Point operators - Linear filtering - More
neighborhood operators – Fourier transforms - Pyramids and wavelets - Geometric
transformations - Global optimization.
UNITII : FEATUREDETECTION, MATCHING AND SEGMENTATION 9
Points and patches - Edges - Lines - Segmentation - Active contours - Split and
merge – Mean shift and mode finding - Normalized cuts - Graph cuts and energy-
based methods.
UNIT III : FEATURE-BASED ALIGNMENT & MOTION ESTIMATION 9

2D and 3D feature-based alignment - Pose estimation - Geometric intrinsic

calibration -Triangulation – Two-frame structure from motion - Factorization -
Bundle adjustment – Constrained structure and motion - Translational alignment -
Parametric motion - Spline-based motion - Opticalflow - Layered motion.

UNIT IV : 3D RECONSTRUCTION 9

211
Shape from X - Active rangefinding - Surface representations - Point-based
representations-Volumetric representations - Model-based reconstruction -
Recovering texture maps and albedosos..

UNIT V : IMAGE-BASED RENDERING AND RECOGNITION 9

View interpolation Layered depth images - Light fields and Lumigraphs -

Environment mattes -Video- based rendering-Object detection - Face recognition -
Instance recognition – Category recognition – Context and scene understanding-
Recognition databases and test sets.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer-

Texts in Computer Science, Second Edition, 2022.

2. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Pearson

Education, Second Edition, 2015.

REFERENCES:

1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in

Computer Vision, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.

2. Christopher M. Bishop; Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,

2006. 3. E. R. Davies, Computer and Machine Vision, Fourth Edition,
Academic Press, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 To understand basic knowledge, theories and methods in image K3

processing and computer vision.

CO2 To implement basic and some advanced image processing K4

techniques in OpenCV.

CO3 To apply 2D a feature-based based image alignment, segmentation K5

and motion estimations.

CO4 To apply 3D image reconstruction techniques K4

CO5 To design and develop innovative image processing and K4

computer vision applications.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes To Program Outcomes

212
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

     

213
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSE(BLENDED)

214
 PEC DATA EXPLORATION AND VISUALIZATION 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

 To understand the basics of Data Explorations and the concepts of Data

visualization

 To explore and apply various data visualization techniques for a variety of

tasks using R language

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO DATA EXPLORATION 12

Introduction to Single variable: Distribution Variables - Numerical Summaries of

Level and Spread - Scaling and Standardizing – Inequality - Smoothing Time Series.

UNIT II : INTRODUCING TWO VARIABLE AND THIRD VARIABLE 12

Relationships between Two Variables - Percentage Tables - Analyzing Contingency

Tables - Handling Several Batches - Scatter plots and Resistant Lines –
Transformations - Introducing a Third Variable - Causal Explanations - Three-
Variable Contingency Tables and Beyond - Longitudinal Data.

UNIT III : BASICS OF DATA VISUALIZATION 12

The Seven Stages of Visualizing Data - Getting Started with Processing - Mapping -
Time Series - Connections and Correlations - Scatter plot Maps - Trees, Hierarchies,
and Recursion - Networks and Graphs – Acquiring Data – Parsing Data

UNIT IV: DATA EXPLORATION AND DATA VISUALIZATION 12

IN R

Introduction to R and Studio - The Basics of Data Exploration - Loading Data into R
- Transforming Data - Creating Tidy Data

UNIT V : TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS OF DATA 12

EXPLORATIONAND VISUALIZATION IN R

Basic Data Exploration Techniques – Basic Data Visualization Techniques -

Visualizing Geographic Data with ggmap - R Markdown - Case Study – Wildfire
Activity in the Western United States - Case Study – Single Family Residential
Home and Rental Values

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Catherine Marsh, Jane Elliott, Exploring Data: An Introduction to Data

215
 Analysis for Social Scientists, Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, 2008.

2. Visualizing Data: Exploring and Explaining Data with the processing

Environment, O Reily Publications, 2007

3. Claus.O.Wlike, Fundamentals of Data Visualization, A primer on making

informative and compelling Figures, O’Reily Publications, 2019.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Xiang Zhou, Sean, Yong Rui, Huang, Thomas S., Exploration of Visual
Data, Springer Publications, 2003

2. Eric Pimple, Data Visualization and Exploration with R, Geo Spatial

Training service, 2017

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg09/preview

2. www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-visualization-in-r/

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Demonstrate the basic of Data Exploration K3

Analyze the use of univariate and Multivariate Analysis for Data

CO2 K4
Exploration

CO3 Identify the various Data Visualization methods K2

CO4 Apply the concept of Data Visualization on various datasets K3

CO5 Apply the data visualization techniques using R language K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 1 3

CO2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 1

216
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

AVG 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.4 2.4 - - - - - - - 2.6 2.2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

   

PEC BIG DATA ANALYTICS 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the need of Hadoop framework to process the Big Data

2. Introduction to theoretical techniques and practical tools used in data analytics

3. Applications in various engineering and scientific domains.

UNIT I : Introduction Big Data and Hadoop Framework 12

Data Storage and Analysis - Characteristics of Big Data – Big Data Analytics -
Typical Analytical Architecture – Requirement for new analytical architecture –
Challenges in Big Data Analytics – Need of big data frameworks, Introduction to
Hadoop ecosystems. Hadoop Framework: Hadoop – Requirement of Hadoop
Framework - Design principle of Hadoop –Comparison with other system - Hadoop
Components –Hadoop Daemon’s – Working with HDFS Commands

UNIT II : Mapreduce Programming 12

Map Reduce working principle, Map Reduce types and formats, MapReduce
features, Combiner optimization,Map side join, Reduce SideJoin, Secondary sorting,
Pipelining MapReduce jobs.

UNIT III : R Programming 12

217
History and overview of R , Install and configuration of R programming
environment , Basic language elements and data structures, Data input/output, Data
storage formats , Subsettingobjects.

UNIT IV : Visualization Using R 12

Vectorization, Control structures, Functions, Scoping Rules, Loop functions, R

Graphs and visualization using lattice, ggplot2

UNIT V : Spark Framework and Data Analysis Models 12

Overview of Spark – Hadoop vs Spark – Cluster Design – ClusterManagement –

performance,Application Programming interface(API): Spark Context, Resilient
Distributed Datasets, Creating RDD,RDD Operations, Saving RDD - Lazy
Operation – Spark Jobs-spark ML library.

Association and correlation analysis- regression models- Predictive analytics -

Exploratory analysis. Prescriptive analysis.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Book(s)

1. Garrett Grolemund, “Hands-On Programming with R” , O'Reilly Media, Inc,

2014.

2. Seema Acharya, SubhashiniChellapan, “Big Data and Analytics”, Wiley, 2015.

3. Mike Frampton, “Mastering Apache Spark”, Packt Publishing, 2015.

Reference Books

1. Nick Pentreath, Machine Learning with Spark, Packt Publishing, 2015.

2. Donald Miner, Adam Shook, “MapReduce Design Pattern”, O’Reilly, 2012

3. Raj Kamal, PreetiSaxena ,”Big Data Analytics:Introduction to Hadoop,

Spark, and Machine-Learning”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.

Web links:

W1:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104189

W2: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106142

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course the students will be able to,

Course Knowledge
Description
Outcome Level

218
 CO1 Discuss the challenges and their solutions in Big Data
and work on Hadoop Framework k1

CO2 Understand the concepts of R programming and its

applications. k2

CO3 Implement different statistical methods on sample data

using R Programming library. k5

CO4 Analyse the Big Data using Map-reduce programming in

Both Hadoop and Spark framework. k4

CO5 Demonstrate spark programming with different

programming languages k5

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Exams Assignments

    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration / Presentation
 

219
 PEC PYTHON FOR DATA SCIENCE 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives:

 To understand the basic concepts of Python

 To apply the knowledge to use advanced features of python

 To execute statistical analysis of data with NumPy and Pandas .

 To build data visualization in real-world scenarios.

UNIT I : PYTHON BASICS 12

Introduction to Python, Python Interpreter and its working, Syntax and Semantics-
Data Types: Booleans – Numbers – Lists – Tuples – Set – Dictionaries –
Comprehensions – Assignments and Expressions, Control Flow Statements –
Fruitful functions

UNIT II : PYTHON: ADVANCED FEATURES 12

Handling text files - Reading and Writing files- format operator-command line
arguments - Exception Handling -- Modules -Strings and Regular Expressions.

UNIT III : NUMPY IN PYTHON 12

Introduction to Numpy-Data Types-NumPy array in Python-NumPy Ndarray- Array

indexing- NumPy String Functions-Numpy ufunc-Statistical Functions Case Study

UNIT IV : PANDAS IN PYTHON 12

Pandas Introduction-Pandas Data Structures- -Series-DataFrame- Accessing and

Changing values of Data Frames- Pandas Data Operations-Indexing-Cleaning data-
Pandas plotting –Case study

UNIT V : MATPLOTLIB: VISUALIZATION PYTHON 12

Introduction to Matplotlib-pyplot-plot types-Matplotlib Plotting-Subplot- Matplotlib

Three Dimensional Plotting-Case study

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Mark Lutz, “Learning Python”, O Reily, 4thEdition, 2009, ISBN: 978-0-596

15806-4,5th edition, 2013

2. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley

220
 Publications, 2017. (Chapters 1–7 for Units II and III)

3. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016. (Parts

of chapters 2–4 for Units IV and V)

4. Fabio Nelli, “Python Data Analytics: With Pandas, NumPy, and

Matplotlib”, Apress,2018.

Reference Books

1.Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea
Press, 2014.

2.Magnus Lie Hetland , “Beginning Python: From Novice to Professional”, 3rd

Edition, 2013

Weblink

Numpy, Matplotlib and Pandas :

https://python- course.eu/books/bernd_klein_python_data_analysis_a4.pdf

https://python-course.eu/python_and_machine_learning.pdf

CO1: Understand the basic concepts of Python K1

CO2: Apply the knowledge to use advanced features of python K3

Demonstrate the skills with statistical analysis of data using

CO3: K4
NumPy

CO4: Ability to analyse the data operations using Pandas K3

Build visualizations of many different kinds of datasets using

CO5: K5
MATPLOTLIB

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 3 -

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 1 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 1 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3

221
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments

Exams
    
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration /
Presentation
 

PEC NOSQL DATABASE 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

 To explore the origins of NoSQL databases and the characteristics that

distinguish them from traditional relational database management systems

 To understand the architectures and common features of the main types of

NoSQL databases (key-value stores, document databases, column-family
stores, graph databases)

 To discuss the criteria that decision makers should consider when choosing
between relational and non-relational databases and techniques for selecting
the NoSQL database that best addresses specific use cases

UNIT I : NOSQL DATA ARCHITECTURE PATTERNS 12

NoSQL Data model: Aggregate Models- Document Data Model- Key-Value Data
Model- Columnar Data Model, Graph Based Data Model Graph Data Model,
NoSQL system ways to handle big data problems, Moving Queries to data, not data
to the query, hash rings to distribute the data on clusters, replication

to scale reads, Database distributed queries to Data nodes.

UNIT II : KEY VALUE DATA STORES 12

From array to key value databases, Essential features of key value Databases,
Properties of keys, Characteristics of Values, Key-Value Database Data Modeling
Terms, Key-Value Architecture and implementation Terms, Designing Structured
Values, Limitations of Key- Value Databases, Design Patterns for Key-Value
Databases, Case Study: Key-Value Databases for Mobile Application Configuration

UNIT III : DOCUMENT ORIENTED DATABASE 12

222
Document, Collection, Naming, CRUD operation, querying, indexing, Replication,
Sharding, Consistency Implementation: Distributed consistency, Eventual
Consistency, Capped Collection, Case studies: document oriented database: Mongo
DB and/or Cassandra

UNIT IV : COLUMNAR DATA MODEL 12

Data warehousing schemas: Comparison of columnar and row-oriented storage,

Column-store Architectures: C-Store and Vector-Wise, Column-store internals and,
Inserts/updates/deletes, Indexing, Adaptive Indexing and Database Cracking.
Advanced techniques: Vectorized Processing, Compression, Write penalty,
Operating Directly on Compressed Data Late Materialization Joins , Group-by,
Aggregation and Arithmetic Operations, Case Studies

UNIT V : DATA MODELING WITH GRAPH 12

Comparison of Relational and Graph Modeling, Property Graph Model Graph

Analytics: Link analysis algorithm- Web as a graph, Page Rank- Markov chain, page
rank computation, Topic specific page rank (Page Ranking Computation techniques:
iterative processing, Random walk distribution Querying Graphs: Introduction to
Cypher, case study: Building a Graph Database Application- community detection

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1 Christopher D.manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, Hinrich Schutze, An

introduction to Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press

2 Daniel Abadi, Peter Boncz and Stavros Harizopoulas, The Design and
Implementation of Modern Column-Oriented Database Systems, Now
Publishers.

Reference Books:

1 Guy Harrison, Next Generation Database: NoSQL and big data, Apress

Web Links:

1 https://www.mongodb.com/

2 https://university.mongodb.com/

3 https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/nosql-databases

4 https://www.coursera.org/lecture/nosql-databases/introduction-to-nosql-
VdRNp

COURSE OUTCOMES

223
 CO1 Differentiate and identify right database models for real time K4
applications

CO2 Outline Key value architecture and characteristics K2

CO3 Design Schema and implement CRUD operations, distributed K6

data operations

CO4 Compare data ware housing schemas and implement various K4

column store internals

CO5 Develop Application with Graph Data model K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

CO5 1 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

     

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

    

PEC GAME PROGRAMMING 3 0 2 4

Course Objectives

 To provide an in-depth introduction to technologies and techniques currently

used in the game industry

224
  To understand game design and development

 To understand the processes, mechanics, issues in game design, and game

engine development

 To understand modeling, techniques, handling situations, and logic

 To build and then integrate technologies such as multimedia, artificial

intelligence, and physics modeling into a cohesive, interactive game
application.
UNIT I : Introduction to Game Programming & Game engine architecture 12

Overview of game programming -Structure of a typical game team - game industry -

game engine history -Real Time Game Architecture - Engine Support: Subsystem
Start-Up and Shut-Down - Memory Management - Containers and Strings -
Resource Management: File System, Resource Manager.

UNIT II : Basics of 2D & 3D Graphics and Mathematics in Gaming &

Rendering engine 12

2D Graphics: Sprites, Tiled Images and Backgrounds - 3D Graphics: 3D Graphics

Pipeline, 3D Math, Coordinates and Coordinate Systems - Quaternion Mathematics -
Transformations & Geometry - The Rendering Engine: Triangle Rasterization, The
Rendering Pipeline

UNIT III : Lighting and Texturing Effects in game environment 12

Ray Tracing - Lighting in Computer Graphics - Types of Light Sources - Light

Models - Materials: Lambert Diffuse, Phong - Bump Mapping - Lighting Technique:
Point Lights, Bloom - Shadows in Games: Real- Time Versus Preprocessed
Shadows, Types of Shadows, Texture mapping techniques - Special Effects:
Blurring, Particle Systems, Weapon Effects

UNIT IV : Introduction to Artificial Intelligence in Game 12

Why Games for Artificial Intelligence - Why Artificial Intelligence for Games -
Game AI Panorama: Methods (Computer) Perspective, End User (Human)
Perspective, Player-Game Interaction Perspective.

UNIT V : Solving search problems for Game move prediction and

optimization using AI 12

Tree Search: Uninformed Search, Best-First Search, Minimax, Monte Carlo Tree
Search - Evolutionary Algorithms - Supervised Learning: Artificial Neural
Networks, Support Vector Machines.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

225
TEXT BOOKS:

1: Game Engine Architecture, 3rd Edition, Jason Gregory, A K Peters, 2019. 2:

Palmer G. Physics for game programmers. Berkeley: Apress; 2005

3: Artificial Intelligence and Games, Georgios N. Yannakakis and Julian Togelius,

January 26, 2018, Springer

REFERENCES:

1: Sherrod A. Game Graphic Programming. Cengage Learning; 2008.

2: McShaffry M. Game coding complete. Nelson Education; 2014

3: Akenine-Mo, T., Haines, E. and Hoffman, N., 2018. Real-time rendering

Web Links:

1: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ge32/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand the basics of Game Programming and Game

CO1 K2
Engine Architecture

CO2 Develop 2D and 3D Images using Mathematical coordinates K4

Apply various Lighting and Texturing Effects in game

CO3 K3
environment

CO4 Extend the Game Programming using Artificial Intelligence K2

Solve search problems for Game move prediction and

CO5 K6
optimization using AI

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - 3 2 3

CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 - -- - - 3 2 3

226
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

     

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

    

PEC ROBOTICS AND ITS APPLICATION 3 0 2 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the basic concepts associated with the design, functioning,

applications and social aspects of robots

2. To study about the electrical drive systems and sensors used in robotics for
various applications

3. To learn about analyzing robot kinematics, dynamics through different

methodologies and study various design aspects of robot arm manipulator and
end-effector

4. To learn about various motion planning techniques and the associated control
architecture

5. To understand the implications of AI and other trending concepts of robotics.

UNIT I : FOUNDATION 12

Introduction – Brief history – Definition – Anatomy – Types – Classification –

Specification and need based applications – Role and need of robots for the
immediate problems of the society – Future of mankind and automation-ethical
issues – Industrial scenario local and global – Case studies on mobile robot research
platform and industrial serial arm manipulator.

UNIT II : BUILDING BLOCKS OF A ROBOT 12

Types of electric motors : DC – Servo – Stepper; Specification – Drives for motors –

227
Speed & direction control and circuitry – Selection criterion for actuators – Direct
drives – Non-traditional actuators - Sensors for localization – Navigation – Obstacle
avoidance and path planning in known and unknown environments – Optical –
Inertial – Thermal – Chemical – Biosensor – Other common sensors – Case study on
choice of sensors and actuators for maze solving robot and self driving cars.

UNIT III : KINEMATICS, DYNAMICS AND DESIGN OF ROBOTS &

END-EFFECTORS 12

Robot kinematics – Geometric approach for 2R, 3R manipulators – homogenous

transformation using D- H representation – Kinematics of WMR – Lagrangian
formulation for 2R robot dynamics – Mechanical design aspects of a 2R
manipulator, WMR – End-effector : Common types and design case study.

UNIT IV : NAVIGATION, PATH PLANNING AND CONTROL

ARCHITECTURE 12

Mapping & Navigation – SLAM, Path planning for serial manipulators – Types of
control architectures – Cartesian control – Force control and hybrid position/force
control – Behaviour based control – Application of Neural network, fuzzy logic,
optimization algorithms for navigation problems – Programming methodologies of a
robot.

UNIT V : AI AND OTHER RESEARCH TRENDS IN ROBOTICS 12

Application of Machine learning – AI – Expert systems – Tele-robotics and Virtual

reality – Micro &Nanorobots – Unmanned vehicles – Cognitive robotics –
Evolutionary robotics – Humanoids.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

TEXT BOOKS

1. Saeed B Niku, “Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, System, Applications”,

Pearson educations, 2002.

2. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous

Mobile Robots”, MIT Press, 2011.

REFERENCES

1. Richard David Klafter, Thomas A Chmielewski, Michael Negin, “Robotic

engineering: An Integrated Approach”, Prentice Hall, 1989.

2. Craig, J J, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, 2nd Edition,

Addison-Wesley, 1989.

3. K S Fu, R C Gonzalez and C S G Lee, “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and

228
 Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill, 1987.

4. Wesley E Snyder R, “Industrial Robots, Computer Interfacing and Control”,

Prentice Hall International Edition, 1988.

5. Robin Murphy, “Introduction to AI Robotics”, MIT Press, 2000.

Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_me39/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Understand the concepts of industrial robots K2

CO2 Examine different sensors and actuators for applications like K2

maze solving and self driving cars

CO3 Design a 2R robot & an end-effector and solve the K3

kinematics and dynamics of motion for robots

CO4 Understand the navigation and path planning techniques for K2

robot motion planning

CO5 Understand the impact and progress of AI in the field of K2

robotics

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 P O4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - 3 3 -

CO5 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3

229
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

     

Demonstration/ Open
Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation book test

    

PEC CONCEPTS OF VIRTUAL AND AUGMENTED 3 0 2 4

REALITY

Course Objectives

 To learn about the principles and multidisciplinary features of virtual reality.

 To study the technology for multimodal user interaction and perception in VR, in
particular the visual, audial and haptic interface and behavior.

 To teach students the technology for managing large scale VR environment f

ramework devel opment tools in realtime.

UNIT I : Virtual reality and virtual environments: 12

The historical development of VR, scientific landmarks computer graphics, real-time

computer graphics, virtual environments, requirements for VR, benefits of virtual reality.
Hardware technologies for 3D user interfaces: visual displays, auditory displays, hap tic
displays, choosing output devices for 3D user interfaces.

UNIT II : 3D user interface input hardware and Software technologies: 12

Input device characteristics, desktop input devices, tracking devices, 3d mice, special
purpose input devices, direct human input, home - brewed input devices, choosing input
devices for 3D interfaces. Software technologies: database - world space, world
coordinate, world environment, objects - geometry, position / orientation, hierarchy,
bounding volume, scripts and other attributes, VR environment - VR database, tessellated
data, LODs, Cullers and Occluders, lights and cameras, scripts, VR toolkits, available
software in the market.

230
UNIT III : 3D interaction techniques: 12

3D manipulation tasks, interaction techniques for 3D manipulation, design guidelines –

3D travel tasks, travel techniques, design guidelines - theoretical foundations of
wayfinding, user centered wayfinding support, environment centered wayfinding
support, evaluating wayfinding aids, design guidelines - system control, classification,
graphical menus, voice commands, Gestrual commands, tools, multimodal system
control techniques, design guidelines.

UNIT IV : Advances in 3D user interfaces: 12

3D user interfaces for the real world, AR interfaces as3D data browsers, 3D augmented
reality interfaces, augmented surfaces and tangible interfaces, agents in AR, transitional
AR-VR interfaces

- 3d interaction techniques, 3d UI design and development, 3D UI evaluation and other

issues.

UNIT V Virtual reality applications: 12

Engineering, architecture, education, medicine, entertainment, science,

training.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Books:

1. Paul Mealy, Virtual & Augmented Reality for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons.

2. Alan B Craig, William R Sherman and Jeffrey D Will, “Developing Virtual

RealityApplications: Foundations of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann.

Reference Books:

1. Gerard Jounghyun Kim, “Designing Virtual Systems: The Structured

Approach”.

2. Doug A Bowman, Ernest Kuijff, Joseph J LaViola, Jr and Ivan Poupyrev, “3D
UserInterfaces, Theory and Practice”, Addison Wesley, USA

Web Links:

1. https://edu.gcfglobal.org/en/thenow/understanding-virtual-reality-and-
augmented-reality

2. https://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/tech-tips-and-tricks/virtual-reality-
vs-augmented- reality.html

COURSE OUTCOMES

231
 CO1 Articulate the historical development of VR and design of visual K3
displays.

CO2 Integrating the 3D user interface input hardware and Software K3

technologies

CO3 Hypothesizing the interaction techniques for 3D manipulation, K5

design guidelines

CO4 Implement the AR-VR interfaces in 3d UI interaction techniques K3

CO5 Mind mapping the view of Virtual reality applications in K4

Engineering, architecture, entertainment.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO5 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

232
 PEC EMBEDDED SYSTEMS FOR INTERNET OF 3 0 2 4
THINGS

Course Objectives

 Comprehend the basic concepts, architecture and design components of

embedded systems and IOT devices

 Synthesize design platforms used for an embedded system to incorporate IOT

applications.

 Apply the concepts of embedded system design and IOT to resolve real time
issues and develop new cloud based or web based IOT applications..

UNIT 1 : BASICS OF IOT 12

Purpose and requirement specification, IOT level specification, Functional view

specification,

Operational view specification, Device and component integration, Pillars of Embedded

IOT and Physical Devices: The internet of devices.

UNIT 2 : DESIGN OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 12

Common Sensors, Actuators, Embedded Processors, Memory Architectures,

Software architecture.

UNIT 3 : INPUTS AND OUTPUTS 12

Digital Inputs and Outputs, Digital Inputs, Digital Outputs, BusIn, BusOut, and
BusInOut, Analog Inputs and Outputs, Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM), Accelerometer and Magnetometer, SD Card, Local File System
(LPC1768).

UNIT 4 : IOT ENABLING TECHNOLOGIES 12

Communications, RFID and NFC (Near‐ Field Communication), Bluetooth Low Energy
(BLE), LiFi, 6LowPAN, ZigBee, Z‐ Wave, LoRa, Protocols, HTTP, WebSocket, MQTT,
CoAP, XMPP, Node‐ RED, Platforms, IBM Watson IoT—Bluemix, Eclipse IoT, AWS
IoT, Microsoft Azure IoT Suite, Google Cloud IoT, ThingWorx, GE Predix, Xively,
macchina.io, Carriots, Exemplary Device: Raspberry Pi, About the Board, Linux on
Raspberry Pi, Raspberry Pi Interfaces.

UNIT 5 : WEB OF THINGS AND CLOUD OF THINGS 12

233
Web of Things versus Internet of Things, Two Pillars of the Web, Architecture
Standardization for WoT, Platform Middleware for WoT, Cloud of Things. IoT Physical
Servers, Cloud Offerings and IoT Case Studies: Introduction to Cloud Storage Models,
Communication API, Logical design using Python.

TOTAL HOURS : 60

Text Book(s)

1. RMD Sundaram Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, Internet of

Things, John Wiley and Sons.

2. Klaus Elk, “Embedded Software for the IoT”.

Reference Book(s)

1. Perry Xiao, “Designing Embedded Systems and the Internet of Things (IoT)
with the ARM Mbed”.

2. Elizabeth Gootman et. al, “Designing Connected Products”, Shroff

Publisher/O’Reilly Publisher.

3. Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace,
O’Reilly (SPD), 2014, ISBN: 9789350239759

Weblinks:

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/128108016

COURSE OUTCOMES

Demonstrate the embedded system concepts and architecture of

CO1 K3
embedded systems

Identify different software techniques for microcontroller‐based

CO2 embedded K3
systems

Analyze different hardware input and output methods in embedded

CO3 K5
systems

CO4 Identify various techniques and methods used in IOT K3

Develop novel IOT Applications in web/cloud based to solve real-

CO5 K4
time issues

234
Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO 1 PO2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO1 0 PO1 1 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 2 2 3 2 2

3 3 3 1 2 3 2 2 2 2

CO3 2 3 - - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 2 3

CO4 - - - - - - - -

2 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

    

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

235
OPEN ELLECTIVE COURSES

236
 OEC INTERNET OF THINGS 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To understand the basics of IoT and its application sectors

 To understand M2M and IoT

 To understand and become proficient in IoT platforms

 To understand and apply IoT protocols appropriately

 To design and develop IoT based applications

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION AND CONCEPTS OF IOT 9

Introduction to IOT, definition and characteristics of IOT - Architecture of Internet of

Things, Physical and logical design of IOT, IOT enabling technologies, IOT levels and
deployment templates-Domain specific IOTs, home automation, cities, environment,
Domain specific IOTs, Energy, retail, agriculture, industry, health and lifestyle

UNIT II : IOT AND M2M COMMUNICATION 9

M2M, difference between IOT and M2M, ETSI M2M Architecture, system architecture
-ETSI M2M SCL resource structure, Security in ETSI M2M framework, SDN and NFV
for IOT, IOT system management, need for IOT system management -SNMP, Network
operator requirements, NETCONF-YANG, IOT system management with NETCONF-
YANG, IoT Design methodology-case study on IOT system for Weather Monitoring

UNIT III : IOT PLATFORMS 9

Introduction to Hardware used for IoT: Microcontrollers, Microprocessors, SoC, Sensors
-Introduction to Arduino, Pi, Spark, Intel Galileo

UNIT IV : IOT TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND 9

PROTOCOLS
RF Protocols: RFID, NFC;IEEE 802.15.4: ZigBee, Z-WAVE, THREAD; Bluetooth
Low Energy (BLE), IPv6 for Low Power and Lossy Networks (6LoWPAN) and Routing
Protocol for Low power and lossy networks (RPL) -CoAP,XMPP, Web Socket, AMQP,
MQTT, WebRTC, PuSH -Architectural Considerations in Smart Object Networking

UNIT V : DEVELOPING INTERNET OF THINGS 9

IoT platforms design methodology, IoT Physical devices and endpoints -IoT Systems:
Logical design using Python, IoT physical servers and cloud offerings (Cloud computing
for IoT)

237
TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:
1. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things, A Hands -on
Approach”, 1st Edition 2015, University Press, ISBN: 978-81-7371- 954-7
2. Oliver Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumy, “The Internet of
Things”,1st Edition2015,ISBN: 978-81-265-5686-1
3. Michael Miller, “The Internet of Things, How Smart TVs, Smart Cars, Smart
Homes, and Smart Cities are changing the World”, First edition ,2015,
Pearson, ISBN:978-93-325-5245-6
WEB LINKS:

 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/

 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098

 https://thingsee.com/blog/quality-hardware-list-for-your-iot-projects

 https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7452

 http://dret.net/lectures/iot-spring15/protocols

 http://iot.intersog.com/blog/overview-of-iot-development-standards-and-
frameworks

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Apply IOT architecture at various application domains K3

CO2 Examine M2M Communication and architecture K4

CO3 Experiment with various IoT platforms K3

CO4 Utilize different standards and protocols K3

CO5 Construct Cloud computing for IoT K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
CO3 1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

238
CO4 1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester
CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments Case Studies
Exams

    

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

  

OEC ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To know about the basic knowledge representation, problem solving and

learning methods,
 To design an intelligent agent that can solve ontological problems and to learn
about the search strategies,
 To learn the applicability, strengths and weaknesses to solve particular
engineering problems.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9

Artificial Intelligence: Definition-Turing Test-Relation with other Disciplines-History

of AI Applications- Agent: Intelligent Agent-Rational Agent - Nature of Environments-
Structure of Agent-Problem Solving Agent - Problems: Toy Problems and Real-world
Problems-Uninformed Search Strategies: BFS, DFS, DLS, IDS, Bidirectional Search -
comparison of uninformed search strategies

UNIT II : PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Informed Search Strategies-Greedy best-first search-A* search-Heuristic functions-

Local search Algorithms and Optimization problems - Online Search Agent-Constraint
Satisfaction Problems- Backtracking Search for CSP’s – Local Search for Constraint
Satisfaction Problems-Structure of Problems

-Adversarial Search-Optimal Decision in Games-Alpha-Beta Pruning-Imperfect Real

239
Time Decisions- Games that Include an Element of Chance

UNIT III : KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION 9

First-Order Logic:Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic: Models for first-order

logic, Symbols and Interpretations, Terms, Atomic sentences, Complex sentences,
Quantifiers, Equality - Using First-Order- Logic-Knowledge Engineering in First-Order-
Logic- Inference in First-Order Logic: Inference rules- Unification and Lifting-Forward
Chaining-Backward Chaining-Resolution

UNIT IV : LEARNING 9

Learning from Observations: Forms of Learning - Learning Decision Trees: Decision

Trees as Performance elements, Expressiveness of decision trees, Inducing decision
trees from examples, Choosing Attribute tests, Assessing the performance of the
learning algorithm, Noise and Overlifting, Broadening the applicability of decision trees
– Ensemble Learning - A Logical Formulation of Learning - Knowledge in Learning -
Explanation-Based Learning - Learning using Relevance Information - Inductive Logic
Programming

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS 9

Communication –Communication as action -A formal grammar for a fragment of

English – Syntactic Analysis – Augmented Grammars – Semantic Interpretation –
Ambiguity and Disambiguation – Discourse Understanding – Grammar Induction.
Perception –Image Formation –Early Image Processing Operations – Extracting Three
Dimensional Information – Object Recognition – Using Vision for Manipulation and
Navigation

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”,

3rd Edition, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India 2010

2. Poole, D. and Mackworth, A. 2010. Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of

Computational Agents, Cambridge University Press

3. Nils J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Harcourt Asia Pvt.

Ltd, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

240
1. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2003.

2. Luger, G.F. 2008. Artificial Intelligence -Structures and Strategies for Complex
Problem Solving, 6th edition, Pearson

WEB LINKS:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105078

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105079

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Evaluate Artificial Intelligence (AI) methods and describe their

CO1 K5
foundations.

Apply basic principles of AI in solutions that require problem

CO2 solving, inference, perception, knowledge representation and K3
learning.

Interpret the knowledge representation and reasoning for solving

CO3 K2
real world problems

CO4 Formulate a learning framework involving AI methods K5

CO5 Determinean efficient strategy for various applications of AI K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - 3 1 3

241
ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open

Presentation book test

    

OEC INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
 To provide the knowledge and expertise to become a proficient data scientist

 To explore the fundamental concepts of big data & data analytics.

 To gain knowledge on Hadoop related tools such as MongoDB, Cassandra, Pig,

and Hive for big data analytics

UNIT I : Introduction to Big Data 9

Types of Digital Data-Characteristics of Data – Evolution of Big Data – Definition of
Big Data – Challenges with Big Data – 3Vs of Big Data – Non Definitional traits of Big
Data – Business Intelligence vs. Big Data – Data warehouse and Hadoop environment –
Coexistence.
UNIT II : Big Data Analytics 9

Classification of analytics – Data Science – Terminologies in Big Data – CAP Theorem

– BASE Concept. NoSQL: Types of Databases – Advantages – NewSQL – SQL vs.
NOSQL vs NewSQL

UNIT III : Introduction to Hadoop 9

Features – Advantages – Versions – Overview of Hadoop Eco systems – Hadoop

distributions – Hadoop vs. SQL – RDBMS vs. Hadoop – Hadoop Components –
Architecture – HDFS – Map Reduce: Mapper – Reducer – Combiner – Partitioner –
Searching – Sorting – Compression. Hadoop 2 (YARN): Architecture – Interacting with
Hadoop Eco systems

242
UNIT IV : No SQL databases 9

Mongo DB: Introduction – Features – Data types – Mongo DB Query language – CRUD
operations – Arrays – Functions: Count – Sort – Limit – Skip – Aggregate – Map
Reduce. Cursors – Indexes – Mongo Import – Mongo Export. Cassandra: Introduction –
Features – Data types – CQLSH – Key spaces – CRUD operations – Collections –
Counter – TTL – Alter commands – Import and Export – Querying System tables.

UNIT V : Hadoop Eco systems 9

Hive – Architecture – data type – File format – HQL – SerDe – User defined functions –
Pig: Features – Anatomy – Pig on Hadoop – Pig Philosophy – Pig Latin overview – Data
types – Running pig – Execution modes of Pig – HDFS commands – Relational
operators – Eval Functions – Complex data type – Piggy Bank – User defined Functions
– Parameter substitution – Diagnostic operator

TOTAL HOURS : - 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, “Big Data and Analytics”, Wiley

Publication, 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Judith Hurwitz, Alan Nugent, Dr. Fern Halper, Marcia Kaufman, “Big Data for
Dummies”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013.
2. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide”, O’Reilly Publications, 2011.
3. Kyle Banker, “Mongo DB in Action”, Manning Publications Company, 2012.
4. Russell Bradberry, Eric Blow, “Practical Cassandra A developers Approach“,
Pearson Education, 2014
Weblinks:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs01/preview

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1 Identify the need of big data K3

CO2 Interpret basic concepts of data analytics K5

CO3 Analyze the framework for storing the data K4

CO4 Examine about NoSQL databases K4

243
 CO5 Choose an appropriate framework to solve real world problems K3

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

   

244
 OEC FUNDAMENTALS OF AI AND ML 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To understand the basics of Machine Learning (ML)

 To program in Python ML Packages

 To understand the methods of Machine Learning

 To visualize a dataset

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 9

Introduction – Foundations of AI – History of AI – Intelligent agent – Types of

agents- Structure of agents – Problem solving agents –Uninformed search strategies
– Breadth first search – Uniform cost search – Depth first search – Depth limited
search

UNIT II : INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 9

Machine learning: Types of Machine Learning - Understanding data – Continuous

variable, categorical variable, Independent variable, dependent variable -Regression
and classification- linear regression - Machine Learning Life cycle - Data
Preprocessing techniques – Feature selection

UNIT III : MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS 9

Classification and Regression- Naïve bayes- Decision trees- Support Vector

Machine (SVM) – Random forest- Linear Regression-Logistic Regression -
Unsupervised learning - K-means clustering- Principal component analysis

UNIT IV : MODEL EVALUATION 9

Model Evaluation and Selection methods, Precision-Recall and ROC Curves

Confusion Matrices, Regression Evaluation, Optimizing Classifiers for Different
Evaluation Metrics

UNIT V : MACHINE LEARNING APPLICATIONS 9

Image Recognition – Speech Recognition – Email spam and Malware Filtering –

Online fraud detection – Medical Diagnosis

TOTAL HOURS : 45

245
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT

Press, 2012

2. SebastainRaschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt publishing (open

source).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning –An Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC

Press, 2009

2. Hastie, Tibshirani, Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning” (2nd ed).,

Springer, 2008

WEB LINKS:

1. https://machinelearningmastery.com/types-of-learning-in-machine-
learning/Online

2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine-learning

3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106139/

4. https://www.timberlake.co.uk/machinelearning

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of

CO1 K3
artificial intelligence (AI) and its foundations.

CO2 To apply the Basic Concepts of Machine Learning K4

To build various machine learning algorithms using Linear

CO3 K5
models

CO4 To apply ML techniques to application and evaluate the models K4

Apply basic principles of AI and ML in solutions that require

CO5 problem solving, inference, perception, knowledge K4
representation, and learning.

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

246
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 - 2 3 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 - - 3 - 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case Studies

Exams

     

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

     

OEC UI AND UX DESIGN 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To provide a sound knowledge in UI & UX

 To understand the need for UI and UX

 To understand the various Research Methods used in Design

 To explore the various Tools used in UI & UX

 Creating a wireframe and prototype

247
UNIT I : FOUNDATIONS OF DESIGN 9

UI vs. UX Design - Core Stages of Design Thinking - Divergent and Convergent

Thinking - Brainstorming and Game storming - Observational Empathy

UNIT II : FOUNDATIONS OF UI DESIGN 9

Visual and UI Principles - UI Elements and Patterns - Interaction Behaviors and

Principles – Branding - Style Guides

UNIT III : FOUNDATIONS OF UX DESIGN 9

Introduction to User Experience - Why You Should Care about User Experience -
Understanding User Experience - Defining the UX Design Process and its
Methodology - Research in User Experience Design - Tools and Method used for
Research - User Needs and its Goals - Know about Business Goals

UNIT IV : WIREFRAMING, PROTOTYPING AND TESTING 9

Sketching Principles - Sketching Red Routes - Responsive Design – Wireframing -

Creating Wireflows - Building a Prototype - Building High-Fidelity Mockups -
Designing Efficiently with Tools - Interaction Patterns - Conducting Usability Tests -
Other Evaluative User Research Methods - Synthesizing Test Findings - Prototype
Iteration

UNIT V : RESEARCH, DESIGNING, IDEATING, & 9

INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE

Identifying and Writing Problem Statements - Identifying Appropriate Research

Methods - Creating Personas - Solution Ideation - Creating User Stories - Creating
Scenarios - Flow Diagrams - Flow Mapping - Information Architecture

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Joel Marsh, “UX for Beginners”, O’Reilly , 2022

T2: Jon Yablonski, “Laws of UX using Psychology to Design Better Product &
Services” O’Reilly 2021

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Jenifer Tidwell, Charles Brewer, Aynne Valencia, “Designing Interface” 3 rd

Edition , O’Reilly 2020

248
 R2: Steve Schoger, Adam Wathan “Refactoring UI”, 2018

R3: Steve Krug, “Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: A Commonsense Approach to

Web & Mobile”, Third Edition, 2015

Weblinks:

https://www.nngroup.com/articles/

5. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Build UI for user Applications K6

CO2: Evaluate UX design of any product or application K5

CO3: Demonstrate UX Skills in product development K4

CO4: Implement Sketching principles K5

CO5: Create Wireframe and Prototype K6

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 1 3 1 - 3 3 2 2 3 1

CO2 2 3 1 3 2 - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 1 3 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO4 1 2 3 3 1 - 2 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 1 2 3 2 1 - 1 2 2 3 1 3

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

Model End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Assignments
Exam Exams Studies

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

249
OEC DEVOPS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To introduce DevOps terminology, definition & concepts

 To understand the different Version control tools like Git, Mercurial

 To understand the concepts of Continuous Integration/ Continuous Testing/

Continuous Deployment)

 To understand Configuration management using Ansible

 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based Devops tools to solve
real world problems

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO DEVOPS 9

Devops Essentials - Introduction To AWS, GCP, Azure - Version control systems: Git
and Github.

UNIT II : COMPILE AND BUILD USING MAVEN & GRADLE 9

Introduction, Installation of Maven, POM files, Maven Build lifecycle, Build

phases(compile build, test, package) Maven Profiles, Maven repositories(local, central,
global),Maven plugins, Maven create and build Artificats, Dependency management,
Installation of Gradle, Understand build using Gradle

UNIT III : CONTINUOUS INTEGRATION USING JENKINS 9

Install & Configure Jenkins, Jenkins Architecture Overview, Creating a Jenkins Job,
Configuring a Jenkins job, Introduction to Plugins, Adding Plugins to Jenkins,
Commonly used plugins (Git Plugin, Parameter Plugin, HTML Publisher, Copy Artifact
and Extended choice parameters). Configuring Jenkins to work with java, Git and
Maven, Creating a Jenkins Build and Jenkins workspace.

UNIT IV : CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT USING ANSIBLE 9

Ansible Introduction, Installation, Ansible master/slave configuration, YAML basics,

Ansible modules, Ansible Inventory files, Ansible playbooks, Ansible Roles, adhoc
commands in ansible

UNIT V : BUILDING DEVOPS PIPELINES USING AZURE 9

250
Create Github Account, Create Repository, Create Azure Organization, Create a new
pipeline, Build a sample code, Modify azure-pipelines.yaml file

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Roberto Vormittag, “A Practical Guide to Git and GitHub for Windows Users:
From Beginner to Expert in Easy Step-By-Step Exercises”, Second Edition,
Kindle Edition, 2016.

T2: Jason Cannon, “Linux for Beginners: An Introduction to the Linux Operating
System and Command Line”, Kindle Edition, 2014

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Hands-On Azure Devops: Cicd Implementation For Mobile, Hybrid, And Web
Applications Using Azure Devops And Microsoft Azure: CICD
Implementation for ... DevOps and Microsoft Azure (English Edition)
Paperback – 1 January 2020

R2. by Mitesh Soni 3. Jeff Geerling, “Ansible for DevOps: Server and
configuration management for humans”, First Edition, 2015.

R3: David Johnson, “Ansible for DevOps: Everything You Need to Know to Use
Ansible for DevOps”, Second Edition, 2016.

R4. Mariot Tsitoara, “Ansible 6. Beginning Git and GitHub: A Comprehensive

Guide to Version Control, Project Management, and Teamwork for the New
Developer”, Second Edition, 2019.

Weblinks:

https://www.jenkins.io/user-handbook.pdf

https://maven.apache.org/guides/getting-started/

COURSE OUTCOMES

Understand different actions performed through Version control

CO1: K1
tools like Git.

Perform Continuous Integration and Continuous Testing and

CO2: Continuous Deployment using Jenkins by building and automating K5
test cases using Maven & Gradle.

251
 CO3: Ability to Perform Automated Continuous Deployment K4

CO4: Ability to do configuration management using Ansible K5

Understand to leverage Cloud-based DevOps tools using Azure

CO5: K1
DevOps

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

OEC MULTIMEDIA AND ANIMATION 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To grasp the fundamental knowledge of Multimedia elements and systems

 To get familiar with Multimedia file formats and standards

 To learn the process of Authoring multimedia presentations

 To learn the techniques of animation in 2D and 3D and for the mobile UI

 To explore different popular applications of multimedia

252
UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA 9

Definitions, Elements, Multimedia Hardware and Software, Distributed multimedia

systems, challenges: security, sharing / distribution, storage, retrieval, processing,
computing. Multimedia metadata, Multimedia databases, Hypermedia, Multimedia
Learning

UNIT II : MULTIMEDIA FILE FORMATS AND STANDARDS 9

File formats – Text, Image file formats, Graphic and animation file formats, Digital audio
and Video file formats, Color in image and video, Color Models. Multimedia data and file
formats for the web.

UNIT III : MULTIMEDIA AUTHORING 9

Authoring metaphors, Tools Features and Types: Card and Page Based Tools, Icon and
Object Based Tools, Time Based Tools, Cross Platform Authoring Tools, Editing Tools,

Painting and Drawing Tools, 3D Modeling and Animation Tools, Image Editing Tools,

audio Editing Tools, Digital Movie Tools, Creating interactive presentations, virtual
learning, simulations.

UNIT IV : ANIMATION 9

Principles of animation: staging, squash and stretch, timing, onion skinning, secondary
action, 2D, 2 ½ D, and 3D animation, Animation techniques: Keyframe, Morphing,
Inverse Kinematics, Hand Drawn, Character rigging, vector animation, stop motion,
motion graphics, , Fluid Simulation, skeletal animation, skinning Virtual Reality,
Augmented Reality.

UNIT V : MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS 9

Multimedia Big data computing, social networks, smart phones, surveillance, Analytics,
Multimedia Cloud Computing, Multimedia streaming cloud, media on demand, security
and forensics, Online social networking, multimedia ontology, Content based retrieval
from digital libraries

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

T1: Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, Jiangchuan Liu, Fundamentals of Multimedia”,

Third Edition, Springer Texts in Computer Science, 2021. (UNIT-I, II, III)

253
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 John M Blain, The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling

& Animation, CRC press, 3rd Edition, 2016.

2. Gerald Friedland, Ramesh Jain, “Multimedia Computing”, Cambridge

University Press, 2018.

3. Prabhat K.Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, “Multimedia System Design”, Pearson

Education, 1st Edition, 2015.

4. Mohsen Amini Salehi, Xiangbo Li, “Multimedia Cloud Computing Systems”,

Springer Nature, 1st Edition, 2021.

5. Mark Gaimbruno, “3D Graphics and Animation”, Second Edition, New

Riders, 2002.

6. Rogers David, “Animation: Master – A Complete Guide (Graphics Series)”,

Charles River Media, 2006.

7. Rick parent, “Computer Animation: Algorithms and Techniques”, Morgan

Kauffman, 3rd Edition, 2012.

Weblinks:

1. https://itsfoss.com/

2. https://www.ucl.ac.uk/slade/know/3396

3. https://handbrake.fr/

4. https://opensource.com/article/18/2/open-source-audio-visual-production-tools

https://camstudio.org/

5. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview

6. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview (UNIT-IV)

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1: Understand the basic concepts of AR and VR K1

CO2: Understand the tools and technologies related to AR/VR K5

CO3: Know the working principle of AR/VR related Sensor devices K4

CO4: Design of various models using modeling techniques K5

CO5: Develop AR/VR applications in different domains K1

254
 Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 3 3 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam End Semester Assignments Case

Exams Studies

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars Demonstration/ Open book

Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

OEC VIDEO CREATION AND EDITING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

 To introduce the broad perspective of linear and nonlinear editing concepts.

 To understand the concept of Storytelling styles.

 To be familiar with audio and video recording. To apply different media tools.

 To learn and understand the concepts of AVID XPRESS DV 4.

UNIT I : FUNDAMENTALS 9

Evolution of filmmaking - linear editing - non-linear digital video - Economy of

Expression - risks associated with altering reality through editing.

UNIT II : STORYTELLING 9

Storytelling styles in a digital world through jump cuts, L-cuts, match cuts,

255
cutaways, dissolves, split edits - Consumer and pro NLE systems - digitizing images
- managing resolutions - mechanics of digital editing - pointer files - media
management.

UNIT III : USING AUDIO AND VIDEO 9

Capturing digital and analog video importing audio putting video on exporting
digital video to tape recording to CDs and VCDs.

UNIT IV : WORKING WITH FINAL CUT PRO 9

Working with clips and the Viewer - working with sequences, the Timeline, and the
canvas - Basic Editing - Adding and Editing Testing Effects - Advanced Editing and
Training Techniques - Working with Audio - Using Media Tools - Viewing and
Setting Preferences

UNIT V : WORKING WITH AVID XPRESS DV4 9

Starting Projects and Working with Project Window - Using Basic Tools and
Logging - Preparing to Record and Recording - Importing Files - Organizing with
Bins - Viewing and Making Footage - Using Timeline and Working in Trim Mode -
Working with Audio - Output Options.

TOTAL HOURS : 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Avid Xpress DV 4 User Guide, 2007.

2. Final Cut Pro 6 User Manual, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Keith Underdahl, “Digital Video for Dummies”, Third Edition, Dummy Series,
2001.

2. Robert M. Goodman and Partick McGarth, “Editing Digital Video: The

Complete Creative and Technical Guide”, Digital Video and Audio, McGraw –
Hill 2003

Weblinks:

CO1: Compare the strengths and limitations of Nonlinear editing K3

256
 CO2: Identify the infrastructure and significance of storytelling K5

CO3: Apply suitable methods for recording to CDs and VCDs. K3

CO4: Address the core issues of advanced editing and training techniques. K4

CO5: Design and develop projects using AVID XPRESS DV 4 K5

Mapping Of Course Outcomes to Program Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO 12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - 2 2 3 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 - 3 2 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - 3 2 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 2 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 - 2 2 3 3 2 2

ASSESSMENT METHODS:

End Semester Case

CAT 1 CAT 2 Model Exam Assignments
Exams Studies

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Demonstration/ Open book

Quiz MCQ Projects Seminars
Presentation test

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

257